{"title":"Seeds to Plant in June - Zones 1-7a","description":"\u003cp\u003eJune is the heart of the planting season in cold-winter zones, but it carries a double assignment. The main job is getting every warm-season crop established outdoors. The secondary job — easy to miss — is starting the first wave of fall crops indoors. Leeks, pansies, and violas all have long enough lead times that, if you want them before the October frost, you should sow the seeds now.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndoors (fresh harvests):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreens:\u003c\/strong\u003e peas, broccoli, sunflowers, arugula\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts:\u003c\/strong\u003e alfalfa, broccoli, radish, mung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHerbs \u0026amp; greens under lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e chives, parsley, mint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStart indoors now for fall:\u003c\/strong\u003e leek, pansy, viola\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransplants to move outdoors (harden first):\u003c\/strong\u003e tomato, pepper, eggplant, basil, sweet potato slips — get anything still waiting indoors out now.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrops that can be directly sown outdoors in June:\u003c\/strong\u003e beans, corn, cucumber, squash, melons, okra, sunflower, basil, dill, beets, carrots, chard, and nasturtium. Succession-sow radishes and salad greens early in the month while temperatures are still moderate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCover crops:\u003c\/strong\u003e buckwheat, cowpeas, red clover — good for any gaps or unplanted beds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e This zone group covers a lot of territory. Nothing replaces talking with experienced gardeners in your area and, of course, watching the weather closely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eUse your USDA zone as a guide. Microclimates matter—coastal\/urban spots run warmer; high elevation runs colder.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"clover-sprouting-red-organic-seeds","title":"Clover - Red (Organic) - Microgreens Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eDelicious clover greens go well with virtually any microgreens salad. Better if harvested before 10 days. Taste becomes bitter as the crop ages. Requires extra rinsing to remove the seed hulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/Organic-red-clover-sprouting-seeds?variant=38636468424\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-seed.png?15880154197533826775\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eSprouting\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing Red Clover Microgreens \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Clover Seeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003etrifolium pratense\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding: \u003c\/strong\u003eApprox 1 Oz. to seed a 10\"x20\" tray\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Presoak:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e hydroponic, soil\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreferred Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e hydroponic\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e high\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 to 2 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreens Harvest time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 to 12 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreens Ideal Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaby Salad \/ Adult Stage Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e not recommended\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicro Greens Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e green leaves\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicro Greens Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e mild, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Red_clover\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrogreens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarnishes \u0026amp; sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprouting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurvival food storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking \u0026amp; seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 20,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 83,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 416,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,080,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNotes \u0026amp; Growing Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Clover is a fast, easy growing microgreen. On the 3rd or 4th day, flip the blackout lid upside down and mist the bottom end. Lay ontop of the growing clover sprouts to force them to grow strong. Leave the lid flipped for one or two days before exposing fully to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed clover has a mild, fresh flavor. It is better if it is not grown past the microgreen stage. Experiment with harvesting earlier than 10 days, as the flavor is sweeter the younger the clover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e***Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Although we have indicated the specific medium that this particular seed prefers, you can still experiment with either Hydroponic or Soil mediums. Results may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 oz Pouch","offer_id":39402410967155,"sku":"42928","price":3.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz Bag","offer_id":39402411229299,"sku":"35616","price":5.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":39402410737779,"sku":"42927","price":21.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Bag","offer_id":39402411262067,"sku":"42930","price":70.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb Bag","offer_id":39402410475635,"sku":"42929","price":256.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/products\/red-clover-microgreens-organic-com-wm.jpg?v=1762440191"},{"product_id":"organic-adzuki-bean-sprouting-seed","title":"Adzuki Bean - Organic - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e3-4 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eVigna angularis\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Adzuki Bean Sprouting Seeds. With over 30 grams of plant-based protein per cup, these organic sprouts will add nutrients and a fresh crunch to any dish. Adzuki sprouts are rich in fiber, iron, and calcium, making them a nutrient-dense supplement for any diet or weight loss goal. These organic sprouts have a sweet and nutty flavor, similar to garbanzo, and are crisp, crunchy, and filling. They require a longer soak period than other sprouts and are a great choice for those with some sprouting experience. ~250 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cover-crop-planting-seeds\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eCover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Adzuki Bean - Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eVigna angularis\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Red mung bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Jar, or Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 Hours with a second recommended 4-8 hour soak on day 2.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 350 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protein, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc Vitamin A, B-complex, Omega-6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Adzuki Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Similar in taste to alfalfa sprouts, adzuki sprouts are some of the tamest and sweetest sprouts out their. Their flavor is sweet and nutty, similar to that of the garbanzo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Adzuki Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adzuki sprouts have a crisp and crunchy texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Adzuki Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e As Adzuki beans sprout, they will being to leach off their bright red color with every rinse. As the outer husks open, the white inside of the bean will be exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Adzuki Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The initial soak period for adzuki bean sprouts is 8-12 hours. We recommend a 4-8 hour soak on the second day of sprouting as well, especially if you are interested in harvesting the sprouts after 3 days. The exterior red shell should begin to soften and split within 36 hours of pre-soak. After the 4-8 hour soak on day 2, sprouts should be rinsed 2-3 times per day. Do not allow water to sit in the sprouting container after rinsing. Seeds can be sprouted in a jar, tray, or bag. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike broccoli and fenugreek seeds, adzuki doesn’t develop any type of smell or odor during sprouting, but should still always be thoroughly rinsed. Adzuki doesn’t require much sunlight during sprouting because mature green shoots shouldn’t emerge until after the 3-4 day harvest window. Properly sprouted adzuki beans will have a soft and cracked exterior shell with only a hint of a sprouting tail. If sprouted for too long, the sprouts will be too starchy and bitter for eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Adzuki Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdzuki is already a nutrient-dense bean essential to many diets but, when sprouted, increases nutrient content, especially in fiber, by as much as 300%. Consuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins, and are packed with Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc Vitamin A, B-complex vitamins, and Omega-6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdzuki is often boiled, sweetened, and mashed into a red mung bean paste that is often served as the base for additional flavoring for numerous dishes in both Chinese and Japanese cuisines. These sprouts add nutritional value and a nice crunch to salads, wraps, and soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Adzuki beans have been a staple in many different Asian cuisines for millennia, along with the mung and soybean, and are very popular due to their high nutritional value and versatility.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15 g packet - Wholesale - Approximately 125 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 4,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 10,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 20,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35 lb bucket - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 140,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Adzuki Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"15 g Packet","offer_id":31789363036275,"sku":"48447","price":3.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38623851784,"sku":"16783","price":14.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38623851848,"sku":"16784","price":21.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38623851912,"sku":"18169","price":42.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38623851976,"sku":"16785","price":198.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Adzuki-Bean-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440199"},{"product_id":"organic-black-soybean-sprouting-seeds","title":"Soybean - Black (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-5 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eGlycine max L. Merr.\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Black soybean Sprouting Seeds. Organic. Non-GMO. Sprouting. High Germination. Considered a superfood, Organic black soybean sprouting seeds quickly sprout an antioxidant-rich favorite used anywhere the yellow soybean is used. Popularly seasoned with black pepper for tofu and roasted to make sweet black soybeans, non-GMO black soybean has recently become a staple sprouting seed, grown for its high protein and fiber content, as well as minimal calories, sugars, and effort. Wholesale seeds and bulk quantities are available for purchase in resealable packages. ~175 seeds per ounce. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/yellow-soybeans-organic-bulk-grains-foods\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eYellow Soybean Cover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eGlycine max L. Merr.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003eSoja or soya bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003eMedium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Sack or Jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 Tbsp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3x per day \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 85 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003eFiber, Protein, Phosphorus, Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium, Vitamin C, and B11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Soybean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nutty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Soybean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crunchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Soybean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black and white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Black Soybean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo easily remove any dirt or debris, clean the soybeans by rinsing in a water and vinegar solution for up to 30 minutes prior to the initial soak. Add about 1\/4 cup of organic Black soybean sprout seeds to a bowl and soaking in water for 8-12 hours (overnight). Drain and rinse the seeds, then add them to your container of choice (tray, bag, or jar).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse and drain 2-3x per day (trays: spread into thin layer and follow sprouting tray instructions). Do not allow the water to sit on the sprouts after the overnight soaking or any subsequent rinse. This will keep the sprouts fresh, tender, and hydrated without becoming mushy. Harvest in 2-5 days or as desired. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of  Organic Black Soybean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoybean is a very versatile bean that can lower cholesterol and protect against cancer. Black soybean sprouting seeds grow a protein-rich sprout fortified with Fiber, Phosphorus, Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium, Vitamin C, and B11 with only about 85 calories per cup. Black soybeans have even higher protein and antioxidant amounts than yellow or regular soybeans do. They are also generally more shelf stable thanks to the plentiful healthy fats they contain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack soybean sprouts are very popular in many Asian cuisines. Add them to stir fry or have them as a ready garnish or side dish with any meal. Their texture and taste make them very desirable for a variety of foods. Having them on hand to throw into a wrap, sandwich, salad, or soup is a great way to boost the nutritional content of any meal. Non-GMO Black soybean sprouts are quick to harvest in just 2-5 days, ready for fresh use with a nutty, crisp flavor similar to mung bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"All soybeans are delicious and nutritious, but black soybeans seem to be especially unique. Try them out in any way that you would use any other kind of soybean sprout! Sprouting them is the easiest way to enjoy the benefits without a garden.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Micro and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microReds-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and MicroReds Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e16 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 2,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 14,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 84,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Black Soybean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636424008,"sku":"16833","price":10.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636424072,"sku":"16851","price":18.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38636424136,"sku":"16885","price":30.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636424200,"sku":"16868","price":159.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/organic-black-soybean-sprouting-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440207"},{"product_id":"organic-black-turtle-sprouting-beans","title":"Beans - Black Turtle (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e3-5 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprouting Seeds. These organic black beans produce fresh, crunchy sprouts that can easily be substituted for black beans in any recipe for added nutrition. The protein in sprouts is easier to digest than in cooked black beans, and improves absorption of minerals and other nutrients. These organic sprouts have a bright and bold flavor and a rich texture that will put a new twist on any bean dish. These seeds can also be grown as mature beans and work as fantastic nitrogen fixers, providing essential nutrients for other plants in your garden. Our seeds have been tested for bacteria, and are great sprouts for those with some sprouting experience. ~130 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-turtle-beans-Organic-bulk-grains-foods?variant=4737856503849\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-lights.png?6527236226582854068\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eEmergencey Storage\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean- Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Jar, or Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 160 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Omega-3, Omega-6, Protein, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc, Vitamin A, B-Complex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e These black bean sprouts have a bright, aromatic, and bold flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e In comparison to other sprouts, these sprouts have a strong, crisp texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e As the sprouts grow, the black exterior of the bean will be shed and will adopt more of a burgundy color, leaving the cream-colored flesh showing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe initial soak period for black turtle bean sprouts is 8-12 hours. Following the soak, seeds can be poured into the sprouting jar, bag, or tray. Black beans are notorious for high levels of decaying organic matter during sprouting, so it is critical to rinse sprouts 3-4 times per day, possibly even 5, in order to keep the beans clean and odor-free. The water may bubble, which is caused by an excess of carbon dioxide gas produced by the beans as they sprout. Take caution when draining water, as it will likely be stained black from the leaching of the shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprouts do not produce long, thin sprout tails; the tail may reach 0.5 inches when ready to eat. The sprouts will adopt a burgundy exterior when fully sprouted. Sprouts will be ready for harvest within 3-5 days. If growing sprouts overnight for traditional refried use, beans should be ready to cook in less than 24 hours. Sprouts should be fully dried for storage. Keep in a cool, dry place in an air-tight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins. They contain high levels of Omega-3, Omega-6, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc, Vitamin A, and B-Complex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sprouts should be cooked before they are consumed. They are great in chili, soups, tacos, and dips to add nutrition and a rich flavor and texture!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Although the sprouting process for these beans is a bit more involved than some beginner sprouts, their bright and bold flavor will prove worthy of the extra effort!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\u0026gt;Seed Sprouting FAQ\u0026lt;\/a\u0026gt;, from customers just like you!\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\n\u0026lt;h4\u0026gt;Seeds per Package:\u0026lt;\/h4\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 2,144 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 5,360 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 10,720 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;35 lb bucket - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 75,040 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;\/ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;p\u0026gt;Non-GMO Organic Black Turtle Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u0026lt;strong\u0026gt;Fast Free Shipping\u0026lt;\/strong\u0026gt; on qualifying orders.\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;!--split--\u0026gt;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636430728,"sku":"16832","price":8.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636430856,"sku":"16850","price":17.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38636431048,"sku":"16884","price":27.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636431112,"sku":"16867","price":145.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/organic-black-turtle-sprouting-beans-comp.jpg?v=1759441110"},{"product_id":"organic-whole-buckwheat-sprouting-seeds","title":"Buckwheat - Whole (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e7-10 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Buckwheat Whole Sprouting Seeds. Organic. Non-GMO. Sprouting. Excellent Germination Rate. Organic Buckwheat Whole Seeds can be a somewhat challenging grain to sprout but definitely well worth it! Also great toasted, in cereal, steamed for a quick snack \u0026amp; more. 100% Certified Organic whole buckwheat. Raw Buckwheat Whole Seeds have a mild flavor but can be toasted and roasted to become more intense. Their whole form dictates a longer soaking and sprouting period, but the high fiber content is worth the wait! Available in various quantities and in resealable packaging. ~1,100 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/buckwheat-organic-seeds\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eCover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003eN\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003eMedium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Bag, or Jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e2 tablespoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 7 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 343 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003eProtein, iron, calcium, niacin, magnesium, phosphorus, zinc, and fiber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Buckwheat Whole Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild but slightly nutty flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Buckwheat Whole Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender and chewy with a nice crunch from the sprout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Buckwheat Whole Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003eBlack grains with white sprouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Buckwheat Whole Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a seed sprouting jar, sprouting tray, or hemp sprout bag, add about a quarter of a cup of organic Buckwheat Whole sprout seeds to a container and allow seeds an initial soaking in water for 8-12 hours (overnight). After the initial soak add to a sprouting jar or bag and rinse the Buckwheat 2x per day followed by an immediate drain. Do not allow the water to sit on the sprouts. Rinse seeds 2x per day for 3-5 days. This will keep the Buckwheat sprouts fresh, tender, and hydrated without oversaturating them. Keep them away from direct light. A countertop away from a window would be perfect. Begin harvest when they are about ½ to 1 inch long, usually 3-5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf using the tray method, spread onto thin layer in a sprouting tray. Rinse or add water 2x per day, or follow sprouting tray instructions. Harvest in 3-5 days or as desired\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Buckwheat Whole Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuckwheat sprouting seeds grow a fiber-rich sprout with Vitamins A, B, C, and E, calcium, iron, magnesium, niacin, phosphorus, potassium, and protein. Buckwheat Whole Sprouts also contain enzymes that help us to digest our food better. The fiber they contain is soluble fiber which is crucial in maintaining a healthy gut. They also contain plentiful antioxidants that have been linked to cancer prevention. Sprouting buckwheat before eating it can actually increase the amount of essential amino acids that become available to our body to intake from them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note\u003c\/strong\u003e that some have expressed concerns about eating large quantities of buckwheat greens. Cases of severe allergic reactions to buckwheat and buckwheat-containing products \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/cautions-concerning-buckwheat\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ehave been reported\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. Buckwheat contains fluorescent phototoxic fagopyrins, which can cause fagopyrism in people with diets based on high consumption of buckwheat sprouts, flowers, or fagopyrin-rich buckwheat extracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to their mild and nutty flavor, buckwheat sprouts are frequently used as a garnish or topping on a wide variety of dishes. Try them with soups, salads, and sandwiches for an added crunch and nutrition boost. Add them into smoothies to turn a delicious drink into a multivitamin!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Buckwheat can be a great substitute for those who need to be gluten-free but are wanting something similar to wheat berries. The sprouts have similar nutritional content and uses but without gluten!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microBlacks-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use MicroBlacks and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microBlack-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs MicroBlack Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microBlacks-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and MicroBlacks Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 oz - Approximately 17,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 lb - Approximately 35,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 lb - Approximately 70,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Buckwheat Whole sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"4 oz Bag","offer_id":38636442952,"sku":"16787","price":5.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636443016,"sku":"16803","price":9.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 lb Bag","offer_id":38636443080,"sku":"16804","price":13.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 lb Can","offer_id":38636443144,"sku":"16759","price":22.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636443208,"sku":"16734","price":68.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Buckwheat-Whole-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440208"},{"product_id":"organic-garbanzo-sprouting-beans","title":"Garbanzo Bean - Organic - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-5 Days. \u003cem\u003eCicer arietinum\u003c\/em\u003e. High Germination. Organic. Sprouting. Widely known as chickpea or chana, non-GMO Organic garbanzo beans are one of the most nutritious and protein-rich sprouting seeds. Ready to harvest in just 2-5 days and an easy source of raw protein, Organic garbanzo bean sprouting seeds are a delicious staple to our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/wholesale-sprouting-seed\/products\/Organic-protein-powerhouse-sprouting-seed-mix?variant=38639445640\"\u003eOrganic Protein Powerhouse Mix\u003c\/a\u003e. Sprout non-GMO chickpeas seeds with other protein-dense varieties or as a roasted finger food. Wholesale seeds and bulk available. ~75 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Organic Garbanzo Bean Sprouting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Sprouting Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼ cup per quart jar, sprouting tray, terra cotta sprouter, or sprout bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-10 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, mild, and nutty with a little light crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protein, Fiber, Iron, Vitamin C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 480 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Garbanzo Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing either a seed sprouting jar, sprouting tray, terra cotta sprouter, or hemp sprout bag, add about ¼ cup Organic garbanzo bean sprout seeds to your container and allow seeds an initial soaking for 6-10 hours. After initial soak, continue to rinse garbanzo bean sprouting seeds 2-3x per day and immediately drain, not allowing water to sit and soak. Rinse seeds 2-3x per day for 2-4 days, keeping Organic chickpea sprouts fresh, crunchy, and hydrated without waterlogging. Non-GMO garbanzo sprouts are quick to harvest in just 2-4 days, ready for fresh use with a soft, mild, and nutty with a little light crunch. Garbanzo beans are dense in essential raw nutrients such as protein, calcium, fiber, iron, and Vitamin C and a complete 480 calories per cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMore Than A Sprouting Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnown by a variety of names throughout the world, including chickpea and chana, \u003cem\u003eCicer arietinum\u003c\/em\u003e has been one of the most popularly domesticated crops ever. The garbanzo bean is widely sown as a culinary staple throughout much of Asia, with nearly 70% of the world's production coming from India. Recently, the garbanzo bean has made a resurgence as a viable nitrogen-fixing cover crop able to be sown as a beneficial companion plant or tilled back into the soil as an all-natural Organic green mulch. Similar to Daikon radish and mustards, garbanzo seeds grow a deep taproot that can help prepare fields and grows spaces that have gone untouched in years or have never been cultivated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Non-GMO Organic Garbanzo Bean Sprouting Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 42,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic garbanzo bean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"8 oz Bag","offer_id":38636504200,"sku":"16822","price":6.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636504264,"sku":"16824","price":9.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636504328,"sku":"16823","price":15.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38636504392,"sku":"16766","price":26.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636504456,"sku":"16741","price":176.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Garbanzo-Bean-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440216"},{"product_id":"buckwheat-groats-hulled-organic","title":"Buckwheat Groats (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e1-3 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Buckwheat Groats Sprouting Seeds. Organic. Non-GMO. Sprouting. Excellent Germination Rate. Organic buckwheat groats (hulled, shell removed) can be a somewhat challenging grain to sprout but definitely well worth it! Also great toasted, in cereal, steamed \u0026amp; more. 100% Certified Organic whole buckwheat groats (hulled buckwheat). Excellent as a snack. Raw Buckwheat groats have a mild flavor but can be toasted and roasted for a more intense flavor. Thanks to being hulled, these sprouts take very little time to be ready for consumption! Available in various quantities in resealable packaging.~1,100 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/buckwheat-groats-organic-bulk-grains-foods\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eFood Storage\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003eN\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003eMedium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Bag, or Jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e1\/4 cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 1.5 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 214 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003eVitamins B, C, and K, folic acid, and fiber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Buckwheat Groats Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Buckwheat Groats Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender and chewy with a light crunch from the sprout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Buckwheat Groats Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003eLight tan grains with white sprouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Buckwheat Groats Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a seed sprouting jar, sprouting tray, or hemp sprout bag, add about a quarter of a cup of organic Buckwheat Groats sprout seeds to a container and allow seeds an initial soaking in water for 30 minutes (up to 2 hours). After the initial soak, add to a sprouting jar or bag and rinse the Buckwheat 2-3x per day followed by a quick drain. Do not allow the water to sit on the sprouts. Rinse seeds 2-3x per day for 3 days. This will keep the Buckwheat sprouts fresh, tender, and hydrated without oversaturating them. Keep them away from direct light. A countertop away from a window would be perfect. Begin harvest when they are about ½ to 1 inch long, usually 1-3 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf using the tray method, spread onto thin layer in a sprouting tray. Rinse or add water 2x per day, or follow sprouting tray instructions. Harvest in 1-3 days or as desired \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Buckwheat Groats Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuckwheat sprouting seeds grow a fiber-rich sprout fortified with Vitamins B, C, and K, folic acid, and protein. Buckwheat Groats Sprouts also contain enzymes that help us to digest our food better. The fiber they contain is soluble fiber, which is crucial in maintaining a healthy gastrointestinal tract. They also contain antioxidants that can prevent cancer. Sprouting buckwheat before eating it can actually increase the amount of essential amino acids they contain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note\u003c\/strong\u003e that some have expressed concerns about eating large quantities of buckwheat greens. Cases of severe allergic reactions to buckwheat and buckwheat-containing products \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/cautions-concerning-buckwheat\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ehave been reported\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. Buckwheat contains fluorescent phototoxic fagopyrins, which can cause fagopyrism in people with diets based on high consumption of buckwheat sprouts, flowers, or fagopyrin-rich buckwheat extracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix these delicious sprouts with roasted vegetables and hearty greens for a well-rounded and incredibly nutrient-dense salad to fuel anybody. Use them as a side dish in place of rice or orzo to boost a meal. Eat them raw as a snack for a quick healthy carbohydrate fix!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Buckwheat can be a great substitute for those who need to be gluten-free but are wanting something similar to wheat berries. The sprouts have very similar nutritional content but without all the gluten!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microBlacks-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use MicroBlacks and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microBlack-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs MicroBlack Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microBlacks-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and MicroBlacks Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e16 oz - Approximately 17,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Approximately 44,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4.5 lb - Approximately  79,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30 lb - Approximately 528,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Buckwheat Groats sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636529544,"sku":"16828","price":9.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636529608,"sku":"16830","price":15.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5 lb Can","offer_id":38636529672,"sku":"16829","price":28.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636529736,"sku":"16792","price":141.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Buckwheat-Groats-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440218"},{"product_id":"organic-mung-bean-sprouting-seeds","title":"Mung Bean - Organic - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-4 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eVigna radiata\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Mung Bean Sprouting Seeds. Mung bean sprouts are arguably the most widely used sprouts. This organic seed is a great starter sprout that can be used in a variety of dishes at home! Mung bean sprouts have set the standard, and their mild, nutty flavor adds an earthiness to noodles, stir-fries, and salads. These classic sprouts are so popular that they are often referred to simply as “bean sprouts”, and are commonly used in many restaurants and across various cuisines. These organic seeds produce sprouts within 2-4 days. These seeds can also be grown as mature beans and work as fantastic cover crops and nitrogen fixers, providing essential nutrients for other plants in your garden. These organic seeds have been tested for bacteria and are great beginner sprouts. ~625 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cover-crop-planting-seeds\"\u003e \u003cimg alt=\"Cover Crop\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eCover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Mung Bean - Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eVigna radiata\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Green gram, Green bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray or Jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 30 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protein, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Zinc, Vitamins B1, B2, B3, B5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Mung Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e When most people think of sprouts, mung bean is typically what they think of. Mung bean sprouts have a mild, nutty, creamy, and earthy flavor. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Mung Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mung bean sprouts have a thick and crunchy texture that bursts with juiciness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Mung Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e As these green beans sprout, their green shell will shed and the white tail and flesh will emerge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Mung Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMung beans are clean and odorless to sprout. The initial soak period for mung bean sprouts is 4-6 hours. Following the soak, seeds can be poured into the sprouting jar or tray. They should be rinsed 2-3 times per day for 2-4 days. All water should be drained after rinses in order to maintain the freshness and crispness of sprouts and avoid waterlogging. Sprouts can be grown in jars or trays, For best flavor, cover sprouts from light after the first day of sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be harvested as early as 48 hours for a smaller sprout, or they can be grown longer in order to harvest larger and crunchier 3-4 in. sprouts. For sprout storage, make sure your beans are completely dry. Keep them in a container with a paper towel at the bottom to absorb excess water. Alternatively, store sprouts in a sealed container full of fresh water in the fridge, and make sure to change the water every day. This method can keep bean sprouts fresh and crisp for up to a week. To get the long bean sprouts common to asian dishes, protect the sprouts from sunlight until they reach the desired length and grow in a container or strainer that is large enough to allow several inches of growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Mung Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins. They contain high levels of Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Zinc, Vitamins B1, B2, B3, B5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMung bean sprouts are common across a variety of cuisines. Domesticated to much of eastern Asia and the Indian subcontinent, the mung bean is a traditional staple used as both a sweet and savory component to entrees and desserts in Chinese, Filipino, and Indian cuisines. Try using sprouts in stir-fries, salads, pad thai, or curries to give your dish a fresh crunch and added nutritional value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Organic mung bean seeds mature into a legume cover crop that makes an ideal seasonal cover crop and companion plant known to replenish depleted soils of essential nitrogen and weed suppression. After harvest, the vines can be mowed down and tilled back into the soil as an organic and all-natural \"green manure\" to supplement spring soils ready for sowing. \"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15 g packet - Wholesale - Approximately 300 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 2,500 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 5,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 10,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 25,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 50,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 lb bucket - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 300,000 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Mung Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"15 g Packet","offer_id":31789444956275,"sku":"48448","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38639419592,"sku":"16946","price":6.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 oz","offer_id":38639419656,"sku":"16945","price":8.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38639419720,"sku":"16944","price":12.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38639419784,"sku":"17011","price":18.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38639419848,"sku":"16769","price":33.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38639419912,"sku":"16745","price":133.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Mung-Bean-Organic-Sprouting-comp_1498826c-cecc-48ee-bf98-85d9e04a6797.jpg?v=1762440221"},{"product_id":"small-red-beans-organic","title":"Beans - Red Small (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-3 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Small Red Bean Sprouting Seeds. These small red beans produce sprouts that are packed with protein and are low in carbs and calories. These red bean sprouts will add nutritional value and a rich texture to a variety of cooked meals, including stir-fries, soups, and omelets. These seeds can also be grown as mature beans and work as fantastic nitrogen fixers, providing essential nutrients for other plants in your garden. These organic seeds have been tested for bacteria and are great beginner sprouts. ~125 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-small-beans-Organic-bulk-grains-foods?variant=4738383708201\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-lights.png?6527236226582854068\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eEmergencey Storage\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Small Red Bean - Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Chili Beans \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jar, Tray, or Bag \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 1.5 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 27 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Iron, dietary fiber, protein, vitamin C, B vitamins, antioxidants \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Small Red Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red bean sprouts have a similar flavor to cooked beans, but taste slightly earthier. When eaten with the root, their flavor has slight undertones of hazelnut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Small Red Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Their texture is rich and a bit crunchier than that of a cooked bean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Red Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e The seeds are dark red to maroon dry, and become slightly lighter as the sprouts emerge. As the sprouts mature, the white inside of the bean will be exposed and the yellow-green sprouting root will get longer. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Small Red Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The initial soak period for small red bean sprouts is 10-12 hours. Following the soak, seeds can be poured into the sprouting jar or tray. They should be rinsed 2-3 times per day for 2-3 days, or until the sprout is about 2 cm long. Sprouts can be grown in either jars or trays, but it is important that they are exposed to plenty of oxygen and that they do not lay in still water for more than a few minutes at a time after the initial soak, as they can rot easily. To ensure this, gently rotate the seeds in their jar or tray after each rinse, and make sure there is not excess water at the bottom of the sprouting container. Keep the sprouts moist at all times and do not allow to dry out. These seeds may also be sprouted in a hemp bag for on the go adventurers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprouts are ready to harvest when they are about 2 cm long, or 3 cm including the root. The reddish-brown hull should nearly fall off when sprouts are mature. Sprouts grow faster in warmer climates, so sprouting time may vary slightly based on temperature. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Small Red Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins. They contain high levels of Vitamins B1, B2, B3, B6, B9, and C, as well as the minerals Iron, Calcium, Manganese, Magnesium, Zinc, and Phosphorus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprouts can be eaten raw or added to a variety of cooked dishes. They add a crunch to salads, wraps, and dips, and can also be added to soups or stir-fries to add a rich flavor and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If cooking with red bean sprouts, add them towards the end! This will maintain their crispness and keep all their nutritional value. For extra fiber, eat the husks!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\u0026gt;Seed Sprouting FAQ\u0026lt;\/a\u0026gt;, from customers just like you!\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\n\u0026lt;h4\u0026gt;Seeds per Package:\u0026lt;\/h4\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 2,000 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 5,000 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 10,000 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;35 lb bucket- Bulk Seeds - Approximately 67,720 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;\/ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;p\u0026gt;Non-GMO Organic Small Red Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u0026lt;strong\u0026gt;Fast Free Shipping\u0026lt;\/strong\u0026gt; on qualifying orders.\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;!--split--\u0026gt;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38639459912,"sku":"16923","price":10.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38639460040,"sku":"16924","price":20.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38639460168,"sku":"16926","price":31.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38639460296,"sku":"16925","price":161.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/small-red-beans-organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440226"},{"product_id":"organic-radish-sprouting-seeds","title":"Radish - Daikon Minowase (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e5-6 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eRaphanus sativus var. longipinnatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Daikon Minowase Radish Sprouting Seeds. Organic. Non-GMO. Sprouting. High Germination. Organic Daikon radish seeds sprout one of the most unmistakably flavorful varieties of sprouting seeds available. Grown for their robust spiced peppery flavor, non-GMO Organic Daikon radish sprouts are a gourmet complement to many traditional Japanese dishes. Organic Daikon radish sprouts are a great low-calorie source of calcium, potassium, and Vitamin C, an ideal way to sneak some essential raw vitamins into your diet. Wholesale and bulk available. ~2,500 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/Radish-winter-organic-grass-seeds\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003e Daikon Minowase Radish Cover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eRaphanus sativus var. longipinnatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003eDaikon, mooli, or radish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003eEasy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Sack or Jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e2 Tablespoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 7 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3x per day \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-6 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 15 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003eOmega-3, protein, phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium, zinc, vitamin a, b complex, c, and chlorophyll.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Daikon Minowase Radish Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radish sprouts are crisp, slightly hot and tangy like small radishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Daikon Minowase Radish Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crunchy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Daikon Minowase Radish Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green and white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Daikon Minowase Radish Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd about 2 tablespoons of organic Daikon Minowase radish sprout seeds to a bowl and allow seeds an initial soak in water for 6-8 hours (overnight). Radish seeds expand a lot, and it is important not to use more than the recommended amount per batch to avoid overcrowding. \u003c\/p\u003e\n \n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who’s grown radish in the garden knows it’s always the first to germinate and usually the first to harvest. Sprouting radish is just as vigorous and will even begin to sprout during the 6-8 hour presoak. After the initial soak, drain and rinse the seeds. Then, add them to your container of choice (tray, bag, or jar). Rinse the seeds 2-3x per day and immediately drain. Do not allow the water to sit on the sprouts after the overnight soaking or any subsequent rinse. Rinse the seeds 2-3x per day for 5-6 days. This will keep the sprouts fresh, tender, and hydrated without becoming mushy. At around 4-5 days or at 3-inch long, uncover and provide light for 12-24 hrs prior to harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of  Organic Daikon Minowase Radish Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaikon Minowase Radish sprouts contain omega-3, protein, phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium, zinc, vitamin a, b complex, c, and chlorophyll. This low-calorie sprout is perfect for adding flavor and nutrition without adding carbs or calories to your dishes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey sprout well with other seeds and add flare to any dish. Radish sprouts very easily and can be incorporated into any salad, sandwich, or wrap. The spicy flavor and crunchy texture make it delicious for garnishing pasta dishes and mixing them into soups and stews. Radish sprouts have a robust zest and tanginess that is often likened to spicy mustard. While mustard sprouts have a distinct wasabi-style heat, radish sprouts deliver a more complex, sophisticated spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"These radish sprouts have that spicy flavor characteristic of full-grown radishes but with much more concentrated nutrition. If you’re a fan of radishes sliced on salads or roasted, you will love these!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Micro and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microReds-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and MicroReds Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 g - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 10,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e8 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e16 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 40,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Daikon Minowase Radish sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31963512701043,"sku":"48863","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38639467464,"sku":"17020","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 oz","offer_id":38639467528,"sku":"17019","price":10.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38639467592,"sku":"17021","price":15.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38639467656,"sku":"17022","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38639467720,"sku":"16772","price":47.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 lb Bucket","offer_id":38639467784,"sku":"16747","price":173.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Radish-Daikon-Organic_fed91ae1-7ed1-4a03-9933-ec70fca9c9f0.jpg?v=1762440226"},{"product_id":"organic-yellow-soybean-sprouting-seeds","title":"Soybean - Yellow (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-5 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003eGlycine max L. Merr.\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Yellow Soybean Sprouting Seeds. Organic. Non-GMO. Sprouting. High Germination. Non-GMO Organic yellow soybean seeds sprout one of the healthiest, tastiest, and most versatile sprouts in the world. Organic yellow soybean sprouts are rich with raw protein, fiber, calcium, potassium, and vitamins C, B11 and are an easier way to get your daily vitamins than whole fruits and vegetables. Whether sprouted, tofu, tempeh, or milked, non-GMO yellow soybeans are a healthy staple in any meal. Bulk and wholesale sizes are available for purchase. All sizes come in resealable packaging. Approx 222 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/yellow-soybeans-organic-bulk-grains-foods\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eCover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eGlycine max L. Merr.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003eSoja or soya bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003eMedium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Sack or Jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 Tbsp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3x per day \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-5 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 85 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003eFiber, Protein, Phosphorus, Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium, Vitamin C, and B11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Yellow Soybean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nutty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Yellow Soybean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crunchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Yellow Soybean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tan and white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Yellow Soybean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cleanliness of seed can vary slightly from lot to lot. Traces of dust and dirt may appear on the surface of some seeds. We recommend soaking your seeds for up to a half-hour in a 2-parts water and 1-part vinegar solution and then rinsing seeds thoroughly. A solution of water and a few tablespoons of hydrogen peroxide works also. In addition to dirt, soybeans may have occasional purple blemishes, but these are perfectly normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd about 1\/4 cup of organic Yellow Soybean sprout seeds to a bowl and soaking in water for 8-12 hours (overnight). Drain and rinse the seeds, then add them to your container of choice (tray, bag, or jar).\u003c\/p\u003e\n \n\u003cp\u003eRinse and drain 2-3x per day (trays: spread into thin layer and follow sprouting tray instructions). Do not allow the water to sit on the sprouts after the overnight soaking or any subsequent rinse. This will keep the sprouts fresh, tender, and hydrated without becoming mushy. Harvest in 2-5 days or as desired. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of  Organic Yellow Soybean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoybean is a very versatile bean that can lower cholesterol and protect against cancer. Yellow soybean sprouting seeds grow a protein-rich sprout fortified with Fiber, Phosphorus, Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium, Vitamin C, B11 and only about 85 calories per cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Soybean sprouts are very popular in many Asian cuisines. Add them to stir fry or have them as a ready garnish or side dish with any mean. Their texture and taste make them very desirable for a variety of foods. Having them on hand to throw into a wrap, sandwich, salad, or soup is a great way to boost the nutritional content of any meal. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO yellow soybean sprouts are quick to harvest in just 2-5 days, ready for fresh use with a nutty, crisp flavor similar to mung bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Soybean sprouts are an awesome way to add a protein boost to your diet! Their crunchy texture is so delicious and they pair well with many foods.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Micro and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microReds-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and MicroReds Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30 g - Approximately 235 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e8 oz - Approximately 1,775 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e16 oz - Approximately 3,500  Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Approximately 8,880 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 17,750 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 88,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30 lb - Approximately 106,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Yellow Soybean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31789452820595,"sku":"48449","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 oz","offer_id":38818348744,"sku":"17038","price":4.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38818348808,"sku":"17048","price":7.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38818348872,"sku":"17050","price":13.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38818348936,"sku":"16773","price":24.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb Bag","offer_id":38818349000,"sku":"17051","price":67.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 lb Bucket","offer_id":38818349064,"sku":"16748","price":102.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Yellow-Soybean-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440233"},{"product_id":"beet-detroit-dark-red-vegetable-seeds","title":"Beet Seeds - Detroit Dark Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. Detroit Dark Red beet seeds. \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Non-GMO. Since the turn of the century, Detroit Dark Red has been the preferred choice for homegrown classic American beets. Introduced in 1892 by Detroit's world famous D.M. Ferry Seed Company, the American red beet eventually adopted the moniker \"Detroit\" since it became known that the best beets hailed from the \"Motor City\". The 2-3\" globe-shaped roots are tender and sweet. A dual-purpose vegetable, the deep green tops can be cooked like swiss chard. ~1,250 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beet-detroit-dark-red-microgreens-seeds?variant=45187194376\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Detroit Dark Red Beet Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-11 (Biennial 6-11)\n\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rooted and leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, sandy, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitor for aphids and leafhoppers which may lead to any number of yellowing and leaf-spotting diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetroit Dark Red Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep burgundy flesh and juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetroit Dark Red Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and classic beet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Detroit Dark Red Beets from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeet is a cool weather favorite best sown directly outdoors 4-5 weeks prior to final spring frost or 4-5 weeks before the first autumn frost. Sow 3-4 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in fertile, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Seeds germinate in 5-10 days, thinning best starts to every 3-4\" as true leaves establish. Beet seeds may be pre-soaked for 24 hours to encourage germination. Beets can be sown every 2-3 weeks for replete season-long harvests. Avoid using fertilizers high in nitrogen causing plants to produce plentiful vegetation, but smaller roots. A top layer of mulch will help roots cool and retain moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDetroit Dark Red Beets in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as beetroot and blood turnip, these beets are uniform in shape and flavor. They are known to grow in chilly Spring weather and are mostly problem free but sometimes get aphids or flea beetle. Control with insecticidal soap, pyrethrums, and good garden sanitation. Can be bottled or pickled. Perfect for canning. Cut up, blanche, and freeze in freezer bags. Pick leaves before any sign of wilt for tasty greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Detroit Dark Red Beets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of beet are ready to harvest in about 50-60 days from sowing or when showing 1\" in diameter above soil, but will remain tender even up to 3-4\" in diameter. In compacted soils, carefully loosen soil around roots before harvesting with help of a gardening fork. Beet greens can be harvested like lettuce or any culinary herb when 2-3\" tall. Small tender greens can be enjoyed fresh in a salad mix while larger, coarser greens taste best when lightly sauteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Detroit Dark Red Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red beet is an old time heirloom favorite dating back to 1892. Gardeners today still contend this is their favorite variety for a dependable root harvest. Detroit Dark Red produced 3\" round beets perfect for canning or table use. This beet has a truly sweet flavor with a fine grade texture that will surely please most palates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red tops are a great spinach substitute in salads, although we prefer other varieties for their tops. This beet is the star performer for its wonderful root. Detroit Dark Red is cold hardy, and seeds can germinate and grow in soil temperatures as low as 40 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1936 James Seed Catalog says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"An excellent strain of this all-purpose Beet which will suit the most critical gardener. The roots are smooth and almost true globe shape, with small tops. The flesh is dark red, tender and sweet. Not as early as Egyptian, but stands hot weather better and is a better keeper. Plant in mellow ground from earliest Spring until late in June, thin to about 3 inches and at all times keep soil well cultivated.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red makes an excellent canning variety. For pickling, Detroit Dark Red is hard to beat as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA rich source of Iron, Calcium, and Vitamins: A, B1, B2, C, and Niacin. Heat and cold tolerant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red beet has long been touted as a long keeper in root cellars. It is mentioned in Mike \u0026amp; Nancy Bubel's book on Root Cellaring as having an outstanding storage life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNon-GMO Detroit Dark Red Beet Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Detroit Dark Red beet seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8 g Packet","offer_id":38818553224,"sku":"18569","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 g Packet","offer_id":38818553288,"sku":"18854","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818552904,"sku":"30601","price":8.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818552968,"sku":"30598","price":19.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818553032,"sku":"30599","price":62.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818553096,"sku":"18126","price":224.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Beet-Detroit-Dark-Red-Comp_30df6e50-3c49-4792-8ff5-e572df23f6b2.jpg?v=1762440244"},{"product_id":"buckwheat-organic-seeds","title":"Buckwheat - Organic - Cover Crop Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-90 Days. \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic. Cover Crop. Heirloom. Non-GMO Organic buckwheat seeds grow an ancient foraging crop that, until recently, wasn't grown for much more than livestock fodder. Open-pollinated Organic buckwheat is traditionally seeded, grown, and harvested very similarly to wheat, despite being a broadleaf cultivar entirely unrealted to wheat and grass. Organic heirloom buckwheat seeds mature at 24-36\" tall for summer tilling, being popularly mulched back into the garden at the end of the season, or left to bloom delicate white blossoms. Wholesale seed packets and bulk sizes available. ~750 seeds\/ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRead more about Cover Crops:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/cover-crop\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet Your Free Cover Crop Growing Guide!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Buckwheat Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common Buckwheat, Beech Wheat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuckwheat Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial to zones 3-10, Annual cover crop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuckwheat Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 lb per 1000 sq. ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broadcasting directly and lightly tamp into soil (1\/2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organic buckwheat seeds mature into a 24-36\" tall broadleaf grain-like crop with multiple shallow blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuckwheat Soil Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Converts nitrogen back into the soil, while minimizing erosion, drainage, and weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow Temp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-80° F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Light Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases\/Troubleshooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-GMO \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e is an Organic warm-season cover crop with no serious pests and, in fact, is known to deter pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seasonally light field greens with soft white blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuckwheat Cover Crop Mow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual Organic buckwheat cover crop is best mowed down once crop reaches 50% bloom, before goes to seeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Buckwheat Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuckwheat is often counted as grain, though unlike most grains they are not true grasses. Buckwheat is thus not related to true wheat. Buckwheat is a fast-growing, warm-season, succulent, broad-leaved annual attaining a height of 2 to 4 feet. It has one main stem with several smaller branches. Leaf shape is roughly triangular, and flowers are white, pink, or red. Seeds are of two types, depending on the variety: large and dark-colored with triangular-shaped sides, or smaller and gray-colored, with a rounder shape.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOOD: Most buckwheat is ground into flour and used for a variety of foods, including noodles in Japan and pancakes\/breakfast cereals in the U.S. England, Russia and eastern Europeans make a wide range of other foods with buckwheat.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIMPROVE SOIL: Buckwheat has also been used widely as a cover crop to smother weeds and improve the soil. The crop seems to improve soil tilth, and is reported to make phosphorous more available as a soil nutrient, through root-associated mycorrhizae.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHONEY CROP: Buckwheat flowers profusely, making it popular with bee keepers and an attractive crop in the landscape. Reports are that it is not uncommon for a strong colony to glean 10 pounds of honey per day while foraging buckwheat; with one acre (.41 ha) of buckwheat producing up to 150 lb. (65 kg) of honey per growing season. . Buckwheat may fill a special need for the beekeeper since the honey flow comes late in the season when other nectar is scarce. Thus, it may be possible to obtain a crop of buckwheat honey in an area where an earlier flow has been harvested from other sources. The variety Tokyo is reported to produce a lighter colored honey than most buckwheats. Makes a yummy dark honey.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDYE: Brown dye can be made from flowers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSMOTHER CROP: Buckwheat is a good competitor because it germinates rapidly, and the dense leaf canopy soon shades the soil. This rapid growth soon smothers most weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIVESTOCK FEED: In the past, buckwheat was often fed to livestock, especially hogs, and it is occasionally still used for livestock. Buckwheat has roughly the feed value of oats when fed to livestock. Buckwheat should be mixed with other grains when fed to livestock; this is especially true for light-skinned hogs, which can develop a rash or other complications after eating large amounts of buckwheat. Dehulled buckwheat may be less likely to cause this reaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic non-GMO buckwheat seeds are a warm-season cover crop intended to be broadcasted directly in early spring as a summer companion plant for fall tilling. Directly broadcast seed and lightly rake and tamp or, for more traditional garden harvests or perennial sowing, plant 2-3 Organic buckwheat cover crop seeds ½\" deep and 10-12\" apart in average, loamy, and well-drained garden soil in full sun. Buckwheat is a full sun variety, but benefits from shade in long summer months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-pollinated buckwheat is a traditional cover crop thriving in deficient, compacted, and uncultivated soils. Organic annual buckwheat seeds germinate in 3-7 days with no thinning necessary. Non-GMO \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e is an Organic warm-season cover crop with no serious pests and, in fact, is known to deter insects such as thrips. When seeded as a cover crop, mow non-GMO buckwheat before it goes to seed (about when 50% of crop has bloomed), mulching annual buckwheat back into garden soil as \"green manure\". Springtime seeding of Organic buckwheat will help minimize weeds in the garden and grow space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough not a grain, Organic \u003cem\u003eFagopyrum esculentum\u003c\/em\u003e is often substituted and treated as a grain crop grown as a quickly maturing protein source, which can be harvested in the warmer months for offset harvesting. The oldest domesticated crop of buckwheat is believed to have been cultivated nearly 6,000 years ago in China as both a crop for human and animal consumption. Despite its rising popularity in the last couple decades, open-pollinated buckwheat is still popularly seeded as a forage crop for livestock. Buckwheat is sometimes called \"beech wheat\" for its unique, triangle-shaped seeds resembling the same unique shape of that of a beech tree seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOrganic Buckwheat Benefits\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO heirloom buckwheat blossoms attract essential pollinators while converting vital nitrogen and phopsphorus back into depleted garden soil, feeding your soil for future harvests. Annual buckwheat is primarily grown for its rich nitrogen-fixing bacteria, but also seeded for its ability to minimize erosion, unwanted weeds, and dense clay-heavy soils. When tilling crop in the summer, do not over-till the soil so the buckwheat has a chance to overpower and take root against the weeds. Organic open-pollinated buckwheat seeds are known to mature into an insect-repelling favorite against thrips, mealybugs, and other leafhoppers. Annual non-GMO buckwheat is not winter hardy, which makes it easier to terminate and mulch into \"green compost\". Buckwheat is often referred to as a pseudocereal, because its kernels are harvested and treeated just like a cereal grain, despite annual buckwheat being more closely related to sorrel and rhubarb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaking buckwheat pancakes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe buckwheat in photo #1 is still hulled, it must be roasted and dehulled. Picture #2 shows dehulled roasted buckwheat. Picture #3 shows grinding with a stone hand grinder. #4 is of course the final and delicious product. Fresh buckwheat pancakes!!!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Organic Buckwheat Cover Crop Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale Seeds - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 300,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Buckwheat cover crop seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818573064,"sku":"30904","price":10.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818573128,"sku":"30905","price":24.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818573192,"sku":"30907","price":84.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Buckwheat_Organic_e9300d3f-3252-4450-a4b5-b06d23dddcff.jpg?v=1762440247"},{"product_id":"corn-op-golden-bantam","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Golden Bantam 12","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Golden Bantam 12Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. The Golden Bantam variety of corn seeds is known for its vibrant, golden color. The stalks provide five to six inch long ears, and can tolerate dry temperatures. Corn seed may be saved after harvest for planting in subsequent years. This hardy variety has 5 to 6 inch ears of good quality for an open pollinated sweet corn. Equally suited for freezing and fresh-eating. ~115 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 96-108 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80-90 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoose, loamy, Organic, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo serious pests but watch for aphids, flea beetles, thrips. Water soil directly to avoid saturating stalks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Bantam Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Bantam Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary (su) - A subcategory of sweet corn that is closest to 'old fashioned' corn on the cob flavor. Sugars convert to starch soon after picking, so best enjoyed freshly picked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Golden Bantam Corn from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn is a hardy full sun grass performing best when sown directly outdoors after the final spring frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1-2\" deep and 3-4\" apart in loose, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 5.8-6.2. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning out best starts to every 12\" once true leaves establish. Avoid overhead watering by watering soil directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo prevent cross-pollination from altering a corn crop, keep like varieties with like varieties (SU with SU, SE with SE, SH2 with SH2, and ORNAMENTAL with ORNAMENTAL). Check individual seed packet to know whether a variety is Sugary (SU), Sugary Enhanced (SE), Supersweet (SH2), or Ornamental.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGolden Bantam 12 Corn in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn is an ancient wild grass and effortless, nearly foolproof summertime staple. Often known as the \"cob\" or \"ear\", the edible portion is actually the ripened flower, with the individual kernels in the husk each containing a seed for future propagation. Although sweet corn is the most popular variety, garden corn comes in a variety of flavors and colors including stunning and unique ornamental varieties such as Glass Gem, Blue Hopi, and Earth Tones Dent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Golden Bantam Corn\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of corn are ready to harvest about 75 days from sowing. Unlike other garden favorites, corn only fruits once. Ears are ripe once they turn dark green, silks become brown, and kernels are plump. Test ripeness by squeezing kernels for a milk-like juice. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Golden Bantam 12 Corn Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an improved selection from the original 8-row golden bantam corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has all the wonderful characteristics of the original golden bantam and then some!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet golden yellow 7-8\" ears. (Original 8-row has 5-7\" ears). 10-14 rows. (Original has 8 rows)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproved to stay tender longer, have longer ears and more evenly spaced broad kernels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 corn ears per stalk. Grows 7-8 feet tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTolerant of tight spacing and dry conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan be frozen right on the stalk or made into cream corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGolden Bantam 12 Corn Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Packet - Approx 81 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Packet - Approx 115 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 460 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 1,840 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 9,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 46,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Golden Bantam corn seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"20 g Packet","offer_id":38818598472,"sku":"18878","price":3.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345548951667,"sku":"50832","price":5.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818598152,"sku":"31142","price":14.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818598216,"sku":"31143","price":43.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818598344,"sku":"31145","price":163.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Golden-Bantam-12-comp.jpg?v=1762440250"},{"product_id":"chives-seeds","title":"Chives Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Chives Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Allium schoenoprasum. Chives are native to regions in Asia and Europe. This Chive cultivar is common in the U.S. and is a different type than its relative Chinese Chive variety, which is also called \"Garlic Chive.\" Among the many vitamins chives provide, they also contain choline\"a calming nutrient that helps with sleep. As one of the prolific \"fines herbes\" of cooking, chives are easy to grow from seed during the cool season, but also do well in temperate climates as hardy perennial herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/chives-microgreens-seeds?variant=46587738120\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChives Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allium schoenoprasum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90+ Perennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, moist and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChives Pests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green grass-like shoots, light-fuschia flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChivesHerb\/seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild onion, spice, verdant, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChives Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Allium schoenoprasum) Chive plants grow as upright hardy perennial herbs which thrive during the cooler seasons of spring or fall. Onion Chive varieties grow from bulbs and reach up to 1\" tall, developing long, skinny tube-shaped shoots that are green and grass-like. During late spring or once they've grown 6\" long, your chive herbs will give off a mild spice and produce light-fuschia colored flowers that also provide a slight onion flavor. Your cool-season chives will be ready for harvest before the edible flowers begin to bow over as the warmer temperatures set in, before going to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Culinary Benefits of Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs Chives are one of the prolific \"fines herbes\" of cooking, it's often used as a fresh garnish. Whether it's a baked potato, eggs of many varieties or to enhance a warm soup, chives are one of the few herbs that provide a mild onion flavor that isn't too overwhelming and compliments many dishes. Aside from being used as a garnish, you can also make chive butter, pesto, or even into a dressing! Use the fuschia-colored flower heads to add to a salad or lightly sauteed with a French omelet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Non-Culinary Benefits of Growing Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use Chives as a decorative garden border or landscape filler, as these verdant and aromatic herbs make a lovely ground cover. The light-fuchsia-colored flower buds are also dainty ornamental herbs that attract beneficial pollinators. Plant your Chives as a companion herb near vegetables such as tomatoes, carrots, broccoli, peppers, or potatoes to help enhance their flavor and development!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChives Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818621000,"sku":"18718","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818620360,"sku":"31172","price":8.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818620552,"sku":"31170","price":16.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818620744,"sku":"31169","price":44.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":18313244967027,"sku":"42240","price":160.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18313251946611,"sku":"42241","price":634.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/chives-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440250"},{"product_id":"leek-large-american-flag-seeds","title":"Leek Seeds - Large American Flag","description":"\u003cp\u003e90-130 days. Large American Flag Leek Seeds. \u003cem\u003eAllium ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Large American Flag seeds produce leeks with large stems and leaves. This hardy crop can tolerate cold climates and can grow in zones 2-11. Leeks have a mild flavor, similar to onions, and can be used in stews, soups, and salads. ~9,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/leek-large-american-flag-microgreens-seeds?variant=45692217736\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Large American Flag Leek Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-11 (Biennial 7-11)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90-130\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sturdy upright stalk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, lighty, fertile, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for aphids, cabbage worms, flea beetles, and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly green and white stalks, flesh, and meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildy sweet and onion-like\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Large American Flag Leeks from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeek is an overwintering biennial that boast a milder, less pungent variation of onion while having the same tolerances to frost, disease, and pests. Above the soil, leeks appear to be a thicker and broader onion plant without growing the bulbous root. Leek matures up to 24 inch tall and takes up only a few inches width in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks are a cool hardy crop able to be sown directly in early spring or late fall. Begin indoors 10-12 weeks before final spring frost or 6-8 before the first autumn frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/4\" deep per cell and 2-3\" apart in the garden in deeply tilled, Organic, well-drained soil. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning back to every 4-6\" in the garden. Leeks have a shallow root system and require regular watering and top layer of mulch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLarge American Flag Leeks in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks are an overwintering biennial that boast a milder and less pungent variation of the onion, while having all the same tolerances to frost, disease, and pests. Above the soil, leeks appear to be a thicker, broader onion plant without growing the bulbous root. Leek matures up to 24\" tall and takes up only a few inches width in the garden. Grow leeks alongside other winter favorites such as scallions, garlic, shallots, and onion for similar growing and harvesting times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge American Flag Leeks (\u003cem\u003eAllium porrum var. ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e), is also known commonly as Scotch Flag, or Giant Musselburh is tasty vegetable in the onion family, but with a sweeter milder flavor than onions. It has large white, stems, with green leaves at the top. It likes moist soil, but shouldn't be over watered. The flavor is wonderful if extra care is taken to blanch the stalks. Will over winter in warmer climates. American Flag Leek is a biennial, grown as an annual.Leeks are great boiled, fried, baked, and steamed. Also go well in soups, stews, and stir fries. The baby leeks after thinning are great in salads. Leeks have been around since the time of ancient Egypt. Leeks are popular in many cultures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStems grow 10-15\" long and about 2-3\" in diameter. Leek seeds should be planted indoors 50 to 60 days before the last frost. Very hardy; overwinters well in most regions doing well in both southern and northern states. Leeks can also be planted directly in the garden as soon as the soil can be worked. Leeks like long sunny days to grow big. Leeks have few pests or diseases. Hilling your leeks will encourage longer shanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Large American Flag Leek\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany varieties have a longer harvest time but some may be ready as soon as 80 days. Like asparagus spears, harvest leek stalks from beneath the soil by carefully prying them up from the roots with a gardening fork. As a relative of the onion, leeks are also eaten somewhat similarly, with the white portion of the stalk being the most flavorful and prized part of the vegetable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Large American Flag Leek Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginated around 1870.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso called \u003cem\u003eGiant Musselburh\u003c\/em\u003e or \u003cem\u003eScotch Flag\u003c\/em\u003e. Leeks date back to the time of the Ancient Egyptians. Their popularity has grown through many cultures since then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks create a tasty pearl-white bulb with huge green leaves. They have a delicate onion flavor that makes them a favorite in soups, stews and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for the home gardener and market grower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eFL, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 g - Packet - Approx 475 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approx 9,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 144,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Large American Flag leek seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824721736,"sku":"18630","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824721800,"sku":"32480","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824721864,"sku":"32479","price":16.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824721928,"sku":"32478","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lbs","offer_id":10467937812595,"sku":"41104","price":162.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lbs","offer_id":10467958620275,"sku":"41105","price":640.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Leek-Seeds-Large-American-Flag-comp.jpg?v=1762440256"},{"product_id":"nasturtium-jewel-mix-flower-seeds","title":"Nasturtium Seeds - Jewel Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e54-63 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eTropaeolum majus\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Nasturtium Jewel Mix Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, heirloom. Jewel Mix nasturtium is brilliant, easy to grow from seed, and perfectly suited for many dry and temperate climates. Jewel Mix seeds will excite your home, patio, and garden with fast-growing 18-24 inches tall nasturtium bursting with 2.5 inch papery blooms of canary, peach, carmine, and salmon. Jewel Mix nasturtium seeds are vigorous garden performers and ideal for kids or novice gardeners to try as a vibrant accent to flower beds, fences, and walkways. With exception to its roots, Jewel Mix nasturtium is a popularly edible variety including worldwide use of its leaves, pods, seeds, buds, and especially its flowers. ~225 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; Perennial in zones 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54-63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e14-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dwarfed spreading upright and low-growing flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, evenly moist, well-drained soil. Chalky, clayey, and sandy soils are all acceptable. Tolerant to a variety of pH levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to part shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nasturtium has no serious pests or diseases, but monitor regularly for aphids, whiteflies, thrips, and mealybugs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Papery blooms of canary, peach, carmine, and salmon atop lush greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Direct Sow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Flower Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJewel Mix Nasturtium is easy to grow from seed and recommended for direct sowing outdoors when the soil temperature is at least 50 F. Start Jewel Mix nasturtium seeds indoors 6-8 weeks prior to final frost. Nasturtium seeds will germinate in 2-3 weeks and, once germinated, move to fluorescent grow light for 16 hours of light per day until two sets of true leaves have developed. Transplant seedlings to indoor containers, or harden off if transplanting to a shaded spot outside. If starting indoors, be sure to harden off before planting outdoors. For direct sowing, plant 2-3 Jewel Mix Nasturtium seeds per hole. The optimal soil temperature is 65 F. Plant again in early July for continuous blooms throughout mild winters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMulch around the base of the plants to suppress weeds and reduce watering needs. Deadheading spent blooms or removing prime blossoms for consumption will increase flower production throughout the season. Nasturtiums are one of the first plants to bloom in the spring and will be one of the last to fade in the fall with minimal effort on your part! Jewel Mix also performs well in containers. Group 3-5 plants in a 10-inch deep pot. Provide mulch and increase the watering schedule when growing in containers. Nasturtium will self-sow in mild winters. Although Jewel Mix nasturtium is tolerant to drought and poor soil, plants will show signs of wilt and decline by mid-summer once daytime heat becomes too extreme. Unlike other varieties of nasturtium, Jewel Mix is a dwarfed variety and does not require the same full sun as much taller cultivars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Jewel Mix Nasturtium in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Jewel Mix of Nasturtiums will attract hummingbirds, butterflies, and many smiles! They are a perfect, easy-to-grow groundcover for many styles. Group them closer together for a quick-filling option, or allow them to sprawl through the season for a wild look!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany cooks and gardeners use the leaves and flowers in salads, sushi, and other dishes. They are similar to water-cress in flavor and texture, slightly peppery. With the exception of its roots, the nasturtium plant is entirely edible including its leaves, pods, seeds, buds, and especially the flowers often used in salads and stir-fries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTropaeolum majus\u003c\/em\u003e, commonly called nasturtium (Nah-Stur-Shum), is native to the warm subtropics of the 10,000-ft high Andes mountains in Bolivia and Colombia. Nasturtium receives its common name from an oil it produces similar to watercress (Nasturtium officinale). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTropaeolum majus\u003c\/em\u003e, or Nasturtium, can also be known as Indian cress, Mexican cress, and Peruvian cress. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNasturtiums are also grown as a perennial in zones 9-11. Simply allow them to persist. Prune back each year to keep them under control. They will self-seed and send up new shoots each spring if not contained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\"Nasturtiums are so easy to grow from seed, they are perfect for gifts no matter their experience level!\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eOrganic Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 g - Approximately 40 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 80 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 225 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 3,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 90,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg","offer_id":38824732296,"sku":"18759","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10g Pkg","offer_id":38824732360,"sku":"18849","price":3.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824731976,"sku":"18558","price":5.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824732040,"sku":"32937","price":8.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824732104,"sku":"32936","price":19.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824732168,"sku":"16685","price":61.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824732232,"sku":"18124","price":234.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Nasturtium-Seeds-Jewel-Mix-comp.jpg?v=1762440263"},{"product_id":"parsley-dark-green-italian-flat-leaf-seeds","title":"Parsley Seeds - Dark Green Italian Flat-leaf","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePetroselinum crispum \u003c\/em\u003eAnnual. 72 days. Non-GMO, Heirloom Dark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Petroselinum crispum. Italian Parsley plants are hardy biennials often grown as annuals. As Dark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley has been around for over 2,000 years, this warm season green is a variety that's used as a culinary herb more than its curly-leaf cousin. Italian Parsley such as Dark Green Flat Leaf is an essential to pair with fish, sprinkle fresh on tacos or add to soups and salads!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/parsley-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Parsley Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/parsley-dark-green-italian-flat-leaf-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592829448\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/parsley-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Parsley Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Petroselinum crispum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-60, Annual 70-90+ Biennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, moist and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, parsley worm, fungal disease\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Serrated forest-green leaves, umbels of light-yellow flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, verdant, hints of pepper and citrus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Petroselinum crispum) Dark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley plants grow as warm biennials often grown as annuals, reaching 12-18\" tall. Hardy Italian parsley herbs bloom from late spring to mid-to-late summer as an annual\"producing peppery serrated forest-green leaves. As a biennial, parsley reaches maturity in its second year, losing much of its verdant flavor, but standing as a fresh ornamental herb that brings beneficial pollinators to your garden! Dark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley will bloom umbels of light-yellow flowers after setting seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Historical Uses of Growing Dark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs Italian Flat Leaf Parsley has grown over 2,000 years, ancient civilizations such as Greece favored this fresh plant during rituals as a ceremonial herb\"used for funerals and symbolizing death, flat leaf parsley varieties have been meaningful to many cultures. This hardy herb is still symbolic today, as flat-leaf parsley types take part ritually during Passover, which is a Jewish holiday representing rebirth and springtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Culinary Benefits of Dark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a popular ingredient in Italian cuisine, Dark Green Flat Leaf Parsley is an essential herb to pair with fish or sprinkle fresh on tacos. You can also add Italian parsley serrated leaves to soups and salads such as tomato basil soup or a verdant cesar salad with romaine lettuce, parmesan, lemon and parsley. Feel free to substitute salt and pepper with flat leaf parsley forest-green leaves, as they provide a mild pepper flavor with hints of citrus!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDark Green Italian Flat Leaf Parsley Garden Herb Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 635 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 360,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824734152,"sku":"18730","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824733832,"sku":"33335","price":4.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824733896,"sku":"33334","price":6.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824733960,"sku":"33333","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824734024,"sku":"10975","price":45.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824734088,"sku":"10974","price":170.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Parsley-Seeds-Dark-Green-Italian-Flat-leaf-comp.jpg?v=1762440263"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-rainbow-mixture-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard Seeds - Rainbow Mixture","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 days. The Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard seed mix is a blend of different colored swiss chard varieties. The chard can grow in zones 6 and up, and the leaves can be harvested after around sixty days. The Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard leaves have a bitter taste, similar to that of spinach. Our own blend of colored swiss chards includes red, yellow, orange, white, and vivid pink stems that merge into dark green savoyed leaves. The rainbow heads are slow to bolt and quite lovely in bunches. This variety is ornamental\/edible landscaping at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swiss-chard-rainbow-mixture-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593686152\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Swiss Chard Rainbow Mixture Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e beta vulgaris subsp. circla\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich soil with a pH level of 6 to 6.4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full or Partial Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to Slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green tops with variegated stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bitter, similar to spinach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard seeds will all appear similar, but each one is a different color in its stem and veins. Seeds should be sown a week or so before the final frost of the season. This variety does have some tolerance to the cold, but it shouldn't be overestimated. It may be beneficial to sow seeds indoors and transplant seedlings, but in most zones 6 or higher, these seeds can be sown directly. Sow the seeds about a quarter of an inch deep in rich, sandy soil. Adding a compost to the soil can help it be at the correct pH, which is between 6 and 6.4, ideally. Sow them in an area with full or partial sun, and keep them consistently watered. Sow seeds with 18\" between plants as well as rows. After around 60 days, the stems will be full sized and ready to be harvested. To do so, detach each one from the plant about an inch above the ground without damaging the plant. This will allow it to continue to grow and produce more throughout the summer season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow chard in soil only, not hydroponically, as much more difficult. Chard has a very similar taste to spinach and is in the same family as beet greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,450 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 17,480 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 88,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824746760,"sku":"18685","price":3.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824746504,"sku":"34482","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824746568,"sku":"34481","price":16.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824746632,"sku":"34480","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824746696,"sku":"12061","price":162.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311805993075,"sku":"42222","price":640.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Swiss-Chard-Seeds-Rainbow-Mixture-comp.jpg?v=1762440266"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-ruby-red-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard Seeds - Ruby Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. This plant produces good yields of dark green shiny leaves with ruby red stalks and veins. Both the stems and the leaves xcellent for salads and steamed with other vegetables and greens. This plant yields all summer long into the fall, with stems that can be individually harvested after around fifty five days. The Swiss Chard Ruby Red is a variety that can grow to be two feet tall. These leaves taste slightly bitter, similar to spinach, with fresh and crunchy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swiss-chard-ruby-red-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593691400\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Ruby Red Swiss Chard Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Ruby Red\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003eRhubarb Chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-55 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, acidic and well-drained with pH level 6.0-8.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eAphids, spinach leaf miners and cercospora leaf spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forest-green variegated leaves with burgundy stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisp or savory with hints of spinach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirectly-sow Ruby Red Swiss Chard seeds 2-3 weeks before your region's final spring frost or once the soil is 50°. In more temperate regions, start chard seeds indoors in April. In southern climates, chard can overwinter. Sow in early fall and lay down mulch in order to keep plants cool. Once These crisp, nutrient-rich plants reach 3-4\" tall, harden off seedlings before transplanting outside. Ruby Red Chard plants prefer rich, loose and well-drained soil that's more acidic with a pH level of 6.0-7.0. Plant seeds ½-1\" deep with 6-10\" apart and 18-24\" in between rows to allow room for growth. it's recommended to thin your plants, as annual swiss chard seeds produce multiple plants at a time. Germination will take 1-2 weeks and should be watered regularly. As a member of the amaranth family, chard thrives in full sun, but can withstand partial shade. If you're planting an abundant fall crop, harvest the mature leaves of your chard plants to help add to their \"cut and come back\" regrowth. Chard plants can overwinter in southern climates, as this variety is sown as a biennial. During the hotter summer season, Ruby Red Swiss Chard will slow their growth. These cold hardy veggies prefer cooler conditions and survive temperatures as low as 15°! Even though chard has a similar taste to spinach, Ruby Red Swiss Chard is noted for providing more of a pleasant flavor than beet greens. For more savory flavor, pan-fry the forest-green leaves and crisp stalks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs this burgundy-colored variety is fast-maturing, harvest Ruby Red Swiss Chard 50-55 days from the sowing date. Be sure to also harvest Ruby Red Swiss Chard plants before their forest-green leaves become too large, as their flavor will thrive before they reach full maturity. You can harvest chard by cutting the entire plant about 1\" above the soil or snipping the outer mature leaves with gardening shears. Even though chard has a similar taste to spinach and beet greens, these leafy annual vegetables can be pan-fried to bring out their more pleasant and savory flavor. Store your Ruby Red Swiss Chard crop in a sealed plastic bag in the fridge for up to 7 days. Be sure to not wash before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris have been grown since 350 BC. Chard seeds come from a beet variety and are members of the amaranth family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 930 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 3,720 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 14,880 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 74,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 372,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824748168,"sku":"18687","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824747912,"sku":"34514","price":5.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824747976,"sku":"34513","price":7.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824748040,"sku":"34512","price":15.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824748104,"sku":"16012","price":42.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311786332275,"sku":"42221","price":144.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/swiss-chard-ruby-red-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440266"},{"product_id":"dill-bouquet","title":"Dill Seeds - Bouquet","description":"\u003cp\u003e65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAnethum graveolens\u003c\/em\u003e. Bouquet Dill Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom. Suitable for growing in fields, containers, garden plots, and raised beds. 3-foot plant with strongly aromatic foliage, stems, and heads. Good for dill weed and for seeds. Good for pickling.  ~25,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dill-bouquet-microgreens-seeds\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAnethum graveolens\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well drained loam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 60-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to common pests; attracts beneficial pollinators. Susceptible to aphids and fungal diseases if overly wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBouquet Dill Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Green foliage with yellow flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBouquet Dill Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Distinct, slightly tangy, earthy, and aromatic with a caraway-like spice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought, Humidity tolerant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Bouquet Dill in the Herb Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow Bouquet Dill seeds about 0.25 inches deep. It can be direct sown in the garden as soon as the soil can be worked or started indoors 8-10 weeks before transplanting. Space plants 4-6 inches apart, with rows 12 inches apart for optimal growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis dill variety prefers well-drained soil and full sun. Maintain regular watering, but avoid waterlogging. It benefits from companion planting with vegetables by repelling pests and attracting pollinators. Thin plants when they reach about 3 inches tall to encourage healthy growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting of Bouquet Dill\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest fresh foliage once plants reach about 12 inches tall by snipping leaves close to the stem. Seeds can be harvested 2-3 weeks after flowering when the seed heads turn golden brown. Cut flower heads, place them in a paper bag, and allow seeds to fall for collection and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDill is often brewed into a tea and is touted for being rich in antioxidants, vitamin C and A, and magnesium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bouquet Dill Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBouquet Dill is an early-flowering annual herb native to the Mediterranean and West Asia regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt was bred to have large seed umbels and dark green foliage, making it ideal for pickling and cut-flower use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety produces an abundant crop with strongly aromatic foliage and edible seeds, prized for culinary use and attracting beneficial insects like pollinators and butterflies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Dill is also an important host plant for swallowtail butterfly caterpillars, making it a valuable addition to butterfly gardens and supporting local pollinator populations.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/jerry-sawyer-compressed.jpg?v=1653940293\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Jerry Sawyer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eBouquet Dill Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mg - Approximately 450 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Bouquet Dill seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 Mg Packet","offer_id":31911039402099,"sku":"48581","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38831126024,"sku":"31700","price":6.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38831126216,"sku":"31699","price":9.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38831126408,"sku":"31698","price":20.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38831126600,"sku":"16226","price":64.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38831126728,"sku":"16227","price":245.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/dill-bouquet-comp.jpg?v=1762440292"},{"product_id":"dill-dwarf-fernleaf","title":"Dill Seeds - Dwarf Fernleaf","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Dwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Anethum graveolens. Dwarf Fernleaf Dill grows as slow-bolting warm-season annuals and is native to South Russia and regions in the Mediterranean. Dwarf Fernelarf Dill varieties easily self-seed and thrive in temperate conditions. This hardy dill with yellow flower clusters and pungent feathery foliage is one of the most flavorful. Dwarf Fernleaf Dill is a popular compact herb that provides an abundant crop that gardeners use fresh, cooked, or dried!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-dill\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Dill Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-dill\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Dill Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anethum graveolens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-65+ (leaves, flowers) 68+(seeds) Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/compact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow flower clusters, feathery-green foliage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, pungent, slight tang, lemon, verdant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Anethum graveolens) Dwarf Fernleaf Dill plants grow as abundant warm-season annuals. As heirlooms, this popular dill variety will develop upright as a compact dwarf variety with fresh, pungent foliage reaching 18-24\" tall. Hardy dill plants begin producing baby greens that can be picked early in the season. Once Dwarf Fernleaf Dill reaches maturity in either late spring or fall, your plants will grow clusters of yellow flowers and green-feathery foliage rich with verdant flavor. As slow-bolting dill herbs develop seeds, allow the flowers to dry prior to changing color from summer or just before winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Culinary Uses of Dwarf Fernleaf Dill Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill is great for making tasty dressing such as tzatziki sauce or lemon dill for salads. This dwarf dill variety is also a popular flavoring addition to soups and salmon! You can also store your dill by drying or pickling to later use in meat dishes or to enhance a larger batch of clam chowder. Fresh or dried Fernleaf Dill is also a tasty ingredient to pair and cook with potatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Gardening Benefits of Dwarf Fernleaf Dill Herb \u0026amp; Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs many dill varieties can grow 2-4\" tall, this Dwarf Fernleaf Dill grows 18-24\" as it is more compact and great for container planting. Although this is an annual herb, Fernleaf is hardier and slow-bolting, making Dwarf Fernleaf a favorite dill for gardeners in warm-to-temperate climates to grow! Allow this herb to go to seed in the fall before winter, as Dwarf Fernleaf Dill has the ability to regrow next spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDwarf Fernleaf Dill Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 893 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 Mg Packet","offer_id":31911042711667,"sku":"48582","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1\/4 oz","offer_id":38831128904,"sku":"31731","price":9.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38831128968,"sku":"31732","price":20.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":15205925159027,"sku":"41939","price":62.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":15205985812595,"sku":"41940","price":197.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/dill-dwarf-fernleaf-comp.jpg?v=1762440293"},{"product_id":"dill-mammoth-long-island","title":"Dill Seeds - Mammoth Long Island","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-70 days. Long Island Mammoth Dill Seeds. \u003cem\u003eAnethum graveolens\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. Known as \"Elephant Dill\" for significantly longer and feathered 24\" tall silvery blue greens, Mammoth Long Island is an easy variety for container gardening. Although a popular herb and spice in countless preparations, dill is also grown as a vital companion plant to asparagus, lettuce, corn, cucumbers, onion, and anything in the cabbage family (\u003cem\u003eBrassicaceae\u003c\/em\u003e). ~25,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Mammoth Long Island Dill Herb Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-dill\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Dill Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eAnethum graveolens\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10 (Biennial 6-8)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-70 (leaves, flowers) 70+(seeds) Biennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weedy upright umbellifer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, loamy and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to root rot from poorly drained soils. Watch for aphids, slugs, and any kind of worms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Island Mammoth Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright yellow umbelliers and clasic light green vegetation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong Island Mammoth Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zesty, classic dill flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Mammoth Long Island Dill from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDill does not transplant well and is best if sown directly in early spring. For potted growing, begin indoors 4-6 weeks before final frost. Plant 3-4 seeds ¼\" deep per cell or 10-12\" apart in the garden in sandy, loamy, and well-drained soil in full sun. Seeds germinate in 10-21 days, thinning back to 1 plant per pot or 15\" apart in the garden as true leaves establish. Do not grow near carrots to avoid hybridization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (\u003cem\u003eAnethum graveolens\u003c\/em\u003e) Mammoth Long Dill plants grow as tall and aromatic warm-season annuals. However, Mammoth Long Dill varieties easily reseed and can grow back the following season as biennials. As large-sized pungent dill varieties, your Mammoth Long Dill will develop upright and for a longer growing season in either late spring or fall. With the warm temperature, the herbs\" pungent lacey foliage will turn vibrant green and reach 4-6\" high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMammoth Long Island Dill in the Herb Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs this biennial dill can grow anywhere from 4-6\" tall, this large-sized plant can provide shade to other herbs or vegetables, while also making an attractive decorative herb to the borders of your garden. You can harvest the pungent lacey-green dill leaves anytime for eating or simply watch all the beneficial pollinators visit your gardens such as butterflies and honeybees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMammoth Long Dill develop as large-sized warm-season biennials often grown as annuals. This type of dill is noted as a Tennessee native cultivated by Native Americans of the Cherokee tribes. Similar to its Bouquet Dill relative, Mammoth Long produces larger bright-yellow flower umbels and more seeds per head. This 4-6\" tall herb can either enhance garden borders as a decorative plant or as a pickled seasoning due to Mammoth Long Dill's pungent flavor!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMammoth Long Dill can also enhance the flavor, nutrition, and development of tomatoes, onions, and carrots as a companion plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mammoth Long Island Dill\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeaves -\u003c\/strong\u003e You can begin harvesting 60 days from the sowing date or as soon as the plant has produced several leaves. Keep plants pruned to delay flowering. If your plant goes to seed, there is a strong chance that the leaves will diminish in flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds -\u003c\/strong\u003e Growing dill for seeds requires less maintenance because the goal is to allow it to flower and go to seed. So, it is a waiting game. Watch your umbel flower bloom and then allow the dill seed pods to form and turn brown. Once they do, clip the dried umbels and place them in a paper sack. Shake and gather the seeds from there. Seeds are strong in dill flavor, used famously in the pickling process of cucumbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mammoth Long Island Dill Herb Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMammoth Long Dill Herbs make an aromatic seasoning and spice for many dishes. This large-sized and strong-flavored dill is noted as the ideal variety for pickling, using fresh or drying the leaves to store. With its fresh, tangy, and dill-like flavor, Mammoth Long provides pungent and vibrant-green leaves you can either cook with or sprinkle on top of omelets. This herb is most often used as the perfect dill to add to pickles, warm soup, or fresh salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis aromatic herb will produce baby greens that can be picked earlier. Once Mammoth Long Dill Herbs reach maturity, umbels of bright-yellow flowers will emerge by summer or late fall, before drying and setting seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMammoth Dill, Plants grow between 4 to 6 feet depending on soil fertility. Dill plants like a nice loamy, sandy soil with good drainage. Dill seed heads can grow to 18 inches across giving over a cup of dill seed per head! Use the lush green foliage fresh or dried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe put away plenty of dill seed for pickling and for adding flavor to just about anything. Also, you can dry dill leaves and use them in cooking later on. Dill tea is considered good for an upset stomach, and an ingredient in \"gripe\" water because of its ability to ease flatulence and colic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMammoth Long Island Dill Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mg - Packet - Approx 450 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 mg - Packet - Approx 890 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk - Approx 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mammoth Long Island dill seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/0zqektaqxl55lidk-20162681.shopifypreview.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 Mg Packet","offer_id":31911050936435,"sku":"48583","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38831133128,"sku":"18722","price":4.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38831132872,"sku":"31772","price":4.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38831133000,"sku":"31771","price":7.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38831133064,"sku":"31770","price":16.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":44352589064,"sku":"41129","price":52.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/dill-mammoth-long-island-comp.jpg?v=1762440293"},{"product_id":"chives-garlic-seeds","title":"Chives Seeds - Garlic","description":"\u003cp\u003e85-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO, heirloom Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed. Chives are native to regions in Asia and Europe. Garlic chive cultivars are also called \"Chinese Chives\" and are different from their relative Onion Chive variety. As one of the prolific \"finest herbs\" of cooking, Garlic Chives are easy to grow from seed during the cool season and do well in temperate climates as hardy perennial herbs. Garlic chive herbs are a popular garnish in Asian and French cuisine and can make a great aromatic ornamental herb in your garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90 Perennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Pests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thrips and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green flat shoots, white flower umbels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic ChivesHerb\/seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic, mild onion, spice, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Allium tuberosum) Garlic Chives grow as upright hardy perennial herbs which thrive during the cooler seasons of spring or fall. Garlic Chive varieties, also called \"Chinese Chives\" grow from bulbs and reach up to 2 feet tall developing long, flat, and green grass-like shoots. During late spring or once they've grown 6 inches long, your Chives will give off a mild onion and garlic aroma, as they develop their small umbels of white flowers. Cool-season Garlic Chives will be ready for harvest before the edible flowers begin to bow over as the warmer temperatures set in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Garnishing \u0026amp; Culinary Benefits of Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs chive herbs are one of the four \"finest herbes\" of cooking, Garlic Chive varieties are diverse and provide many fresh options that will enhance your meals across the board! In Asian cuisine, Garlic Chives also called Chinese Chives. They make a tasty addition to stir-fries or as Niratama, a popular Japanese dish meaning garlic chive eggs. In French cuisine, chives make an ideal garnish for baked potatoes, salads, soups, eggs, cream cheese, and even fresh sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Ornamental Benefits of Growing Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHerbs have been used as a medicinal remedy for centuries, offering mild onion and garlic properties. Garlic Chives can also be grown near garden beds or as a perennial border to protect vegetables and deter insects because of their aromatic properties. Chives also make attractive landscape fillers. Try interplanting throughout your garden with other cool-season veggies like lettuce, broccoli, carrots, and radishes to enhance their spice!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarlic Chives Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38904980936,"sku":"18719","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38904980744,"sku":"31931","price":6.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38904980808,"sku":"31930","price":13.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38904980872,"sku":"31929","price":36.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chives_Seeds_-_Garlic.jpg?v=1762440297"},{"product_id":"parsley-triple-moss-curled","title":"Parsley Seeds - Triple Moss Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePetroselinum crispum\u003c\/em\u003e. Triple Moss Curled Parsley Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom. Suitable for growing in fields, containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Triple Moss Curled Parsley brings lush, moss-like curls of vibrant green to your herb garden and dinner plate—ideal for adding texture and a subtle, fresh flavor to your dishes. Its compact, ornamental form performs beautifully in containers or raised beds, thriving even in cooler weather.  ~18,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/parsley-triple-moss-curled-microgreens-seeds?variant=47732355912\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePetroselinum crispum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Biennial usually grown as annual 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-28\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained loam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 50-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\/Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to light frost. Susceptible to leaf spot, powdery mildew, and aphids—proper spacing helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriple Moss Curled Parsley Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriple Moss Curled Parsley Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, herbal, slightly peppery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Frost, Heat (moderate), Humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Triple Moss Curled Parsley in the Herb Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow seeds directly 0.25 inch deep in rows, spacing plants 6-8 inches apart (rows 12-18 inches), or start indoors 6-8 weeks before the last frost and transplant when soil is at least 60 F. Provide moist, well-drained, fertile soil in full sun or partial shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain consistently moist soil; mulch to conserve moisture and suppress weeds. Fertilize lightly every 4-6 weeks. Harvest regularly by snipping outer leaves, encouraging bushier regrowth; watch for pests such as aphids or leaf miners and treat as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Triple Moss Curled Parsley\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin harvesting when plants reach about 10-12 inches tall, snipping the outer curled leaves near the base to promote continuous growth. Harvest in the morning when oils are strongest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Triple Moss Curled Parsley Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoss Curled Parsley boasts densely curled, moss-like, bright green foliage, prized both for its decorative texture and its use as a garnish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a hardy biennial typically grown as an annual, resilient to light frost and suited to both container and garden cultivation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich in vitamins A, C, and K, this versatile herb enhances soups, salads, sauces, and adds fresh flavor and ornamental flair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety is popular among gardeners for its lush, decorative appearance and ease of growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories\/Tips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Gardeners love that this parsley can garnish a plate and freshen the breeze when chewed—a little bouquet that smells great and keeps your breath fresh! Legend has it that the “mossy” curls were once used by medieval cooks to hide less-attractive stews under a bed of pretty herbs.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/jerry-sawyer-compressed.jpg?v=1653940293\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Jerry Sawyer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eTriple Moss Curled Parsley Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 635 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 360,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 9,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Triple Moss Curled Parsley seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31945563897971,"sku":"48786","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38904998664,"sku":"34009","price":5.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38904998728,"sku":"34008","price":8.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38904998792,"sku":"34007","price":17.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38904998856,"sku":"18941","price":53.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38904998920,"sku":"11288","price":201.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/parsley-triple-moss-curled-comp.jpg?v=1762440300"},{"product_id":"spearmint-seeds","title":"Spearmint Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-70 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eMentha spicata\u003c\/em\u003e. Spearmint Seeds. Non-GMO, perennial, open-pollinated, heirloom. Suitable for growing in fields, containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Enjoy the vibrant, fruity aroma of Spearmint—an easy-to-grow perennial perfect for fresh teas, cocktails, and culinary uses. This vigorous herb is delightfully refreshing and highly versatile, flourishing best in moist, rich soil—especially when kept in a contained area. Approximately 11,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eMentha spicata\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial 4, 5, 6, 7, 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e50-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.125 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spreading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, moist, well-drained soil with a pH between 6.0 and 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generally resistant; occasionally susceptible to rust, leaf spot, aphids, spider mites, and root rot if overwatered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpearmint Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpearmint Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fruity, minty, aromatic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Container, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tolerant of moist conditions; can become invasive due to spreading rhizomes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Spearmint in the Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpearmint can be sown directly after the last frost or started indoors about 8 weeks before transplanting. Sow seeds 0.125 inch deep, spaced 12-18 inches apart, in rich, moist, well-drained soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep soil consistently moist and prune regularly to encourage bushier growth and delay flowering. Growing in containers or using barriers in garden beds helps control its spreading rhizomes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting and use of Spearmint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest before or just as the plant flowers, when leaves are most flavorful. Cut stems just above a leaf node to encourage new growth, and trim yellow or flowering stems to maintain vigor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Spearmint Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpearmint is one of the most versatile and popular garden mints, prized for its fruity aroma and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNative to Europe and temperate Asia, it's been used since ancient times for culinary, medicinal, and aromatic purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt spreads easily via rhizomes, so it's often grown in containers or controlled areas to prevent it from overtaking garden space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Spearmint's such a workhorse in my kitchen—one snip and I've got mojitos, mint tea, or salad garnish ready. Just be sure to plant it in a pot, or it'll happily take over your whole garden!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/jerry-sawyer-compressed.jpg?v=1653940293\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Jerry Sawyer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpearmint Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 mg Packet - Approximately 1,650 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Wholesale - Approximately 11,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 g - Bulk - Approximately 55,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Spearmint seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"150 mg Packet","offer_id":32171308908659,"sku":"49837","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 g","offer_id":38905037064,"sku":"11684","price":7.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 g","offer_id":38905037192,"sku":"11688","price":14.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/spearmint-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440310"},{"product_id":"dill-bouquet-organic","title":"Dill Seeds - Bouquet (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Organic Bouquet Dill Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Anethum graveolens. Organic Bouquet Dill grows fast-maturing cool-season annuals and is native to West Asia and regions in the Mediterranean. Organic Bouquet Dill is one of the most favored varieties among gardeners as it produces an abundant crop with an earthy aroma and edible seeds! Dill Weed is harvested from the herb's foliage and provides a caraway-like spice as either a decorative herb or an aromatic flavoring to food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-dill\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eFull Dill Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Bouquet Dill Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-dill\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eFull Dill Herb Growing Guide Instructions\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anethum graveolens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-45 (leaves, flowers) 85+(seeds) Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/multi-branched\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dry and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Umbels of golden-yellow flowers, foliage, long green stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aromatic, earthy, caraway-like spice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Bouquet Dill Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Anethum graveolens) Organic Bouquet Dill plants grow as fast-maturing cool-season annual herbs. As heirlooms, this favored dill variety will develop upright with multiple branches and aromatic foliage, reaching 2-5\" tall. Organic Dill herbs begin producing baby greens that can be picked early in the season. Once Organic Bouquet Dill reaches full maturity in either late spring or fall, your plants will grow umbels of golden-yellow flowers that give a caraway-like spice and earthy flavor. For harvesting seeds, allow the heads of flowers to change to brown from mid-to-late summer or just before winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Decorative Benefits of Organic Bouquet Dill Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spicy aroma from Organic Dill plants provides a variety of ornamental options, as their impressive umbels of golden-yellow flowers and foliage give a vibrant hue and caraway-like scent to any garden, home, or landscape. Try creating a decoration for the dinner table with a glass bowl placed on a dish with pieces of harvested dill stalks and fresh rose petals or fruit around the plate to snack on. Add multi-branched dill foliage to a bouquet or set inside a double-vase, with vibrant stones and a covered candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Harvesting Benefits of Organic Bouquet Dill Herb \u0026amp; Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe non-GMO and heirloom dill seeds of these cool-season herbs can be harvested two weeks after blooming and can be either roasted or added to soups as an aromatic flavoring. The foliage of Organic Bouquet Dill Herbs can also be made into Dill Weed, which is a favored seasoning herb and spice that is often added to fresh potato salad or cucumber salad. This Organic Dill variety is also great for pickling!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Bouquet Dill Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":39412643397747,"sku":"45527","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39412644970611,"sku":"45529","price":8.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39412645003379,"sku":"45530","price":17.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39412645363827,"sku":"45528","price":51.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/dill-bouquet-organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440312"},{"product_id":"chives-garlic-organic","title":"Chives Seeds - Garlic (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Organic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Allium tuberosum. Chives are native to regions in Asia and Europe. Organic Garlic Chives are also called \"Chinese Chive Herbs\" and are technically a different cultivar from their Onion Chive relatives. As one of the prolific \"fines herbes\" of cooking, Organic Garlic Chives are easy to grow from seed during the cool season as hardy perennial herbs. Organic Garlic Chives are full of cancer-fighting antioxidants as an aromatic herb in your garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allium tuberosum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90, Perennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Pests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thrips and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green flat shoots, white flower umbels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic ChivesHerb\/seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic, mild onion, spice, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Allium tuberosum) Organic Garlic Chives grow as upright hardy perennial herbs which thrive during the cooler seasons of spring or fall. This cultivar, also called \"Chinese Chive Herbs\" reaches up to 24 inches tall, developing long, flat, and green grass-like shoots. During late spring, your Organic Garlic Chives will give off a mild spice, onion, and garlic aroma, as they develop their small umbels of white flowers. As the warmer temperatures set in, Organic Garlic Chives will be ready for harvest before the flowers begin to bow over, before going to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Health Benefits of Organic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives are not only packed with cancer-fighting antioxidants such as lutein and quercetin, these fresh herbs with mild spice also contain essential nutrients, like vitamins C and K, as well as helping osteocalcin\"which is a protein that helps generate bone strength and density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Ornamental Benefits of Growing Organic Garlic Chives Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs herbs have been used for centuries for various benefits, Garlic Chives can also be grown near garden beds or as a perennial border to protect vegetables and deter insects from their aromatic properties. Organic Garlic Chives also make attractive landscape fillers with their green, flat grass-like shoots and umbels of white flowers. Organic Garlic Chive Herbs enhance other cool-season veggies like lettuce, broccoli, and carrots while making radishes spicier!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31911147733107,"sku":"48589","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39414161801331,"sku":"45562","price":7.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39414161932403,"sku":"45563","price":14.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39414161965171,"sku":"45561","price":41.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/chives-garlic-organic-comp.jpg?v=1759441122"},{"product_id":"chives-organic-herb-seeds","title":"Chives Seeds (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 days. Organic Chives Culinary Herb Seeds. \u003cem\u003eAllium schoenoprasum\u003c\/em\u003e. Perennial. Non-GMO. A member of the onion family along with garlic and leeks, Organic chives are a smaller, more tubular relative boasting more delicate flavors than larger root crops. Organic chives seeds are known for a tenacious weed-like vigor and, like many herbs, require little attention once established. Although drought-tolerant, keep chives watered for the best flavor. ~7,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Chives Culinary Herb Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/grow-chives\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Chives Herb Growing Guide\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium schoenoprasum\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual (Perennial Zones 3-9)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright thin blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, Organically fortified, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-75°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green at the tips that gets lighter at the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChives Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e A mild and complex variant of onion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thrips, onion maggots. Susceptible to onion yellows virus which may stunt and infect nearby onions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Organic Chives Culinary Herb from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic chives seeds are a cool-season crop that can be sown direct or started indoors in early spring or early fall. For early starts, begin 6-8 weeks prior to transplanting. Plant 2-3 seeds .25\" deep per cell or 2-4\" apart in garden in fertile, Organic, and well-drained soil in full sun to partial shade. Chives seeds germinate in 7-21 days, thinning to 1 per pot or 4-6\" apart in the garden as true leaves establish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough drought-tolerant, keep chives watered for the best flavor. Chives are tenacious perennials with weed-like hardiness and vigorous reseeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Culinary Chives Seeds in the Herb Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOften grown for the home and kitchen alongside other bright aromatic favorites, Organic chives are one of the easiest and most reliable herbs both in and out of the garden. Despite being an internationally favored herb and spice, Organic chives seeds grow just as outstanding of an ornamental in the garden, maturing at 16\" tall topped with dozens of purple allium-like blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring late spring or once they've grown 6\" long, your Organic Chive Herbs will give off a mild spice and produce light-fuschia colored flowers that also provide a slight onion flavor. Cool season Organic chives will be ready for harvest before the edible flowers begin to bow over as the warmer temperatures set in, before going to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Organic Chives Culinary Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen harvesting your chive herb shoots, don't trim all the way to the base until the end of the season. Snip off bunches of chives just about a third of the way up the shoot. Don't harvest more than 80% of the plant at once. Fresh chives shoots can be stored for several days on your counter-top by standing them in a glass and filling part-way with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Culinary Chives Herb Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAllium schoenoprasum\u003c\/em\u003e. (60 days).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChives, what can't you do with chives! They are great grown in patio pots, planted in the garden, used as borders, and companion planting. It is said that chives love carrots and improve their growth. Chives also can deter carrot flies, and planted under roses, will help control black spot. It can also make an excellent Organic insecticide, control fungal infection, mildew and scab. What Organic gardener can go without chives? Or what chef, for that matter?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOf course, EVERYONE knows how to use chives in cooking, from fish to baked potatoes. It has so many uses, but did you know you can make tasty vinegar out of the blossoms?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't forget to dry plenty of chives in the solar drier to give away at Christmas. People just love homemade Organic herbs as gifts. It couldn't be easier!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChives are also rich in vitamins A and C, contain trace amounts of sulfur, and are rich in calcium and iron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChive blossoms attract bees, butterflies, and other beneficial insects to your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Chives Culinary Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 mg - Packet - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Packet - Approximately 250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Culinary Chives Herb seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"500 mg Packet","offer_id":39419550662771,"sku":"50139","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":38905055368,"sku":"18843","price":4.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39414971433075,"sku":"45443","price":13.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39414971498611,"sku":"45444","price":34.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39414971596915,"sku":"45442","price":107.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chives-Seeds-Organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440312"},{"product_id":"mountain-valley-fruit-seeds","title":"Mountain Valley Fruit Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eOpen Pollinated NON-GMO Heirloom \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cem\u003eFruit Seed Pack\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe best preparation is practice so Mountain Valley Seed Co. has developed the Grow and Store line to get you prepared and growing. Our seeds are specially prepared and dried to their optimum moisture content for storage. Each variety is then individually packaged in a hermetically sealed triple foil package which can be opened and resealed allowing you to both store your seeds and use some immediately. Simply open the package, remove desired seeds, reseal the package and store the rest, all without compromising viability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Grow and Store Fruit Seed Pack contains 10 of the most popular fruit varieties typically grown from seed. This package of fruits will be sure to cure your sweet tooth and provide welcome relief on a hot day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded Fruit Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside our resealable container you will find each of the following items in individual resealable mylar package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍈10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/melon-cantaloupe-hales-best-jumbo-seeds\"\u003eCantaloupe Melon\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 353 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍈10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/melon-casaba-golden-beauty-seeds\"\u003eCasaba Melon\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 353 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍈10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/melon-honeydew-green-flesh-seeds\"\u003eHoneydew Melon\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 353 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍈10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/melon-canary-yellow-seeds\"\u003eCanary Melon\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 353 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e🍈10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/melon-crenshaw-crenshaw-seeds\"\u003eCrenshaw Melon\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 265 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍉10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/watermelon-sugar-baby-seeds\"\u003eWatermelon variety 1\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 217 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍉10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/watermelon-crimson-sweet-seeds\"\u003eWatermelon variety 2\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 217 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎃10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/pumpkin-sugar-pie-seeds?variant=39108310792\"\u003ePumpkin variety 1\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 71 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🎃10 grams \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/pumpkin-jack-o-lantern-seeds?variant=39105790408\"\u003ePumpkin variety 2\u003c\/a\u003e (approximately 71 seeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e🍓50 \u003ca href=\"\/products\/strawberry-berries-galore-hybrid-pink-seeds\"\u003eStrawberry seeds\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e📄1 Seed Growing and Saving Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e* The strawberry seeds in this collection are hybrid seeds (not heirloom \/ open pollinated) as the true heirloom strawberry options have more cons than pros. As strawberries are perennial in most of the USA (Zones 5 to 9), seed saving from season to season is less important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38909545608,"sku":"16162","price":55.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mountain-valley-fruit-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440326"},{"product_id":"clover-white-dutch","title":"White Dutch Clover - Cover Crop Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-90 Days. \u003cem\u003eTrifolium repens\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Cover Crop. Perennial. Open-pollinated White Dutch clover seeds produce a cover crop for gardens lacking in nitrogen and productivity. Non-GMO White Dutch clover seeds quickly mature into a convenient 8-12\" tall beneficial cover crop and companion plant seasonally sown to convert nitrogen back into the soil, while improving soil tilth and weed suppression. Non-GMO White Dutch clover seeds can be grown in multiple seasons as an effective weed suppressant, able to be mulched back into the soil as a \"green compost\" or kept for its bright freesia-white blooms. Also popular as a temporary perennial ground cover or lawn replacement in the mid to upper states with a lifespan of 3 to 5 years. Occasional resowing will keep a white clover stand for longer. Once established, White Dutch clover is fairly drought tolerant. It can be mowed periodically for a neater look or left unmowed to reach its mature height of about 8-12 inches. The attractive pinkish-white flowers are a favorite for bees. Wholesale seeds and bulk seeds. ~5,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead more about Cover Crops:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/cover-crop\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet Your Free Cover Crop Growing Guide!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing White Dutch Clover Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eTrifolium repens\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ladino Clover, White Clover, Dutch Clover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClover Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial zones 3-9, annual in the south.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Dutch Clover Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 lb per acre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broadcast directly and tamp ½\" deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e White Dutch clover seeds mature into a low-growing 6-8\" tall groundcover with 4-5\" tall allium-like blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Dutch Clover Soil Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replenishes nitrogen back into poor soils, roots break up heavy clay-dense soils to improve tilth, drainage, and weed suppression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow Temp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-75° F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Light Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases\/Troubleshooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-GMO \u003cem\u003eTrifolium repens\u003c\/em\u003e is a hardy cool-season cover crop with no serious pests or diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lime green stems and leaves with freesia-white blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Dutch Clover Mow:\u003c\/strong\u003e When seeded as a cover crop, mow non-GMO clover before it goes to seed, mulching clover back into garden soil before sowing new crop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout White Dutch Clover Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom White Dutch clover seeds are traditionally grown as a cool-hardy cover crop broadcasted directly in early fall for spring tilling but can be sown in spring as a summer companion plant. For traditional garden harvests or ornamental planting, sow 2-3 White Dutch clover cover crop seeds ½\" deep and 2-3\" apart in fertile, loamy, and well-drained garden soil in full sun. White Dutch clover is a proven cover crop and will thrive in difficult and poor soils. Non-GMO White Dutch clover seeds germinate in 10 - 20 days with no thinning required. Heirloom \u003cem\u003eTrifolium repens\u003c\/em\u003e is a hardy cool-season cover crop with no serious pests or diseases. When seeded as a cover crop, mow non-GMO clover before it goes to seed, mulching clover back into garden soil before sowing new crop. Springtime reseeding of clover will help minimize weeds in the garden and grow space. Non-GMO White Dutch clover seed is popularly grown with ryegrass as both an effective companion plant and a nutritiously dense source of animal fodder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhite Dutch Clover Benefits\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO heirloom White Dutch clover is an upright perennial legume seeded as an annual cover crop for its thick, interwoven root system to break up tough soils while converting nitrogen from the atmosphere back into the soil. White Dutch clover is one of the best living mulches to fortify your garden and is often sown in between other irrigated crops. Despite being a proven year-round cover crop, White Dutch clover has also been traditionally grown for its medicinal and herbal properties, even supplemented for blood purification and prepared as an ointment used to treat gout. The clover plant itself is considered a survivalist plant because it is extremely dense in minerals and protein, along with sweet edible flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale White Dutch Clover Cover Crop Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g packet - Approximately 735 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 20,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 83,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 416,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 2.080,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO White Dutch Clover cover crop seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":32203608555635,"sku":"50018","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39402405625971,"sku":"42678","price":6.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38910903560,"sku":"38925","price":9.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38910903624,"sku":"38924","price":22.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38910903688,"sku":"10746","price":73.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39402405724275,"sku":"42679","price":282.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Clover_White_Dutch_Comp_65241ae7-4794-4c0f-9bf0-d8f7b7781ba2.jpg?v=1775700036"},{"product_id":"beet-bulls-blood-seed","title":"Beet Seed - Bulls Blood","description":"\u003cp\u003e40-52 days. The Bull's Blood beet is a variety of beet that has a higher nutritional value than others. In addition to this, Bull's Blood is often grown as an ornamental plant in gardens, due to their leaves maintaining a deep red or purple color. These beets are hardy and can be grown in a number of zones and climates, and can thrive in either full sun or partial shade. An older cultivar known for its sweet, stunningly beautiful dark red-purple tops and remarkable flavor. Directly sow very thickly and cut in about 28 days. Should regrow for another cutting if kept moist and well fertilized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beet-bulls-blood-microgreens-seeds?variant=46587686984\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Bull's Blood Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-52 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moist soil, 6.5 to 7 ph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to fungal leaf spots, powdery mildew, aphids and caterpillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep red\/purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leaves have a bitter taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with a light, moist soil, ideally with a PH level of 6.5 to 7. Sow the seeds half an inch deep, with three inches between plants and twelve to eighteen inches between rows. These seeds will need plenty of moisture while germinating, so keep the soil moist for the first twenty one days. These beets can thrive in conditions with full sun or partial shade. After forty to fifty two days, the beets should be ready for harvesting. Around this time, they will be between two and three inches. If you would like to keep the beets in your garden for aesthetic purposes, the leaves will turn to a darker shade of red as they continue to mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBull's Blood Beet Seeds have been known to grow well in containers, flowerbed borders, and cottage gardens. They require full sun to partial shade, growing in clumps. This annual is great for an intermediate gardener. Leaves very hard and excellent in salad mix because of their contrast in color and bitterness in flavor to other greens. The Beet \"lettuce\" is said to have higher nutritional value than the already plentiful beetroot. Dark red roots of good sweetness and quality, yielding a plethora of uses in a number of recipes. Approx. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31789700218995,"sku":"48452","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921716552,"sku":"30566","price":5.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921716616,"sku":"30565","price":8.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921716680,"sku":"30563","price":20.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921716744,"sku":"30564","price":64.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38921716808,"sku":"16175","price":246.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-bulls-blood-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440340"},{"product_id":"watermelon-calsweet-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Cal Sweet","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Cal Sweet Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, heat tolerant, seeded, Picnic watermelon. Cal Sweet Watermelon fruits typically weigh 20 to 25 pounds with distinctive light and dark green stripes with bright red flesh. Calsweet has a tough rind and is a good shipping melon if grown with stress. Watermelon prefers full sun and warm to hot temperatures—plant in mid to late spring. Watermelons are also packed with rich antioxidants such as lycopene. Calsweet has demonstrated resistance to fusarium wilt ~675 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seededs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 - 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 120 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCal Sweet Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Green Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Citrullus lanatus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e “Non-GMO Cal Sweet\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine spreading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile and well-drained with soil pH 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm to hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetles, melon aphids and leafminers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich dark-green striped exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, sweet, and bright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds in pots 4-6 before your region's final frost. Plant non-GMO watermelon seeds 1\" deep in quart containers and in potting soil that is well-drained. Germination will take 3-10 days. Place Cal Sweet seedlings in a sunny location and keep the soil moist. Once the young watermelon sprouts have developed their first set of true leaves, transplant them into their permanent home. Use fertile soil that is well-draining and has a pH of 6.0-7.0. Directly sow seeds once your region has remained warm and at least 70°. Place in a location where the watermelons will receive plenty of heat and plant in raised hills. Sow Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds 1\" deep, 1-2\" apart and with 5-6\" spaced in between hills. Water regularly until you see fruit begin to produce on the vines, then ease up on watering to help the summer conditions ripen your watermelon crop. it's recommended to use row covers to protect the Cal Sweet Watermelon plants outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can harvest your non-GMO Cal Sweet Watermelon seeds around 90 days from the sowing date or once the underside of the fruit has turned a yellow color. Wait for the main vine and coils attached near the stem to dry out. Unlike other melon varieties such as cantaloupe, watermelons won't fall off the primary spreading vine by themselves. Harvest your ripe heirloom watermelon crop with gardening shears by cutting the fruit near the stem. The fresh fruit of watermelon offers a variety of flavors when paired with something savory or mixed in a salad. Some adventurous gardeners even pepper their watermelon with chili powder or salt!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFacts:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Citrullus lanatus Cal Sweet variety is easy to carry as a picnic-sized melon. Watermelons are not only rich in lycopene, they produce high amounts of vitamin C!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCal Sweet Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 670 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 2,680 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 10,720 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 53,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 268,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31982392311923,"sku":"48930","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921725576,"sku":"35032","price":6.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921725640,"sku":"35031","price":10.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921725704,"sku":"35030","price":25.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977504309363,"sku":"49438","price":84.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977504473203,"sku":"49439","price":327.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/watermelon-calsweet-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441129"},{"product_id":"watermelon-shiny-boy-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Shiny Boy Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Treated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat-tolerant, seeded, picnic watermelon. Suitable for growing in garden plots. 2010 Vegetable AAS Winner. Known to grow in the garden as a generous crop that keeps on giving. This Shiny Boy type has non-GMO seeds and produces a high yield of marble-shaped melons with a green-striped polished rind and bright-red fruit. ~607 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs. This variety grows up to 20 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seeded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 120 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, sandy, and well-draining with a pH level of 5.8-7.0.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to Cucumber beetles, squash bugs and bacterial fruit blotch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Green Striped Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tropical, fresh, with fruity notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Treated Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs larger melons prefer higher temperatures, it's essential to start Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons indoors in cooler or northern climates. Transplant seedlings after these non-GMO seeds have grown indoors, in a warm location 4-6 weeks before your region's final frost. Sow Shiny Boy seeds in either pea pots or any biodegradable seed starting container of your choice. Plant seeds ½-1\" deep, with 2-3 in each cell. If you live in a warmer climate or southern region, Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon seeds can be sown directly for longer growing seasons as early as May. Before planting, it's a general tip to mend and pre-garden your soil by digging a mini reservoir and preparing a fertile mound. First, shovel a hole at least 1\" deep and 3\" wide, then mix in compost and place 6\" of enriched soil on top of the mound. This will develop a rich bed to nurture your watermelon crop. Plant seeds 1\" deep in raised hills with 6-8\" spaced in between rows. it's recommended to space up to 12\" if needed, especially for the large seed varieties. After the young plants have at least one set of true leaves, thin down to the 2 strongest plants for each hill. Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons prefer a nitrogen-generous fertilizer and grow best with row covers or mulch. Don't overwater watermelon plants, especially during their final fruit-ripening phase, but give at least 1\" per week in their early development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"thumping\" method doesn't ring true with every watermelon variety. In fact, the ideal method to see if it's time to harvest melons, has more to do with color and the feel of fruits\" exterior. Check for harvesting Shiny Boy Hybrid (treated) Watermelon seeds by seeing if the stem and tendril of the primary vine has dried out. Then, touch the rind of the watermelon to see if there is any push back while pressing with your thumb. around 85 days from the sowing date. You can also begin harvesting your generous crop of Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons around 80 days from the sowing date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShiny Boy Hybrid (treated) Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 660 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 2640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 10,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 52,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 264,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":44312109449331,"sku":"18706","price":4.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921734664,"sku":"11719","price":19.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38921734728,"sku":"11641","price":145.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/products\/1673903660_CopyofKItazawa-WM-Green_600x600px_16.jpg?v=1762440346"},{"product_id":"watermelon-sangria-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Sangria Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e87 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Sangria Hybrid Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat tolerant, seeded, picnic watermelon. Suitable for growing in garden plots. Resistant to Anthracnose (1), Fusarium Wilt (Race 0,1,2). Gardeners grow the “Gold Standard” to have ready before Labor Day. This warm-season oval melon can grow just over 20 lbs and is sturdier than other large varieties. As the leader of watermelon hybrids, their Non-GMO seeds develop into fruit sweeter than the Crimson Watermelon. Eat fresh off the plate or made it into a summer wine from a sangria watermelon recipe. ~400 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 87\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs. This variety averages just over 20 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seeded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, and well-draining with a pH of 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Anthracnose (1), Fusarium Wilt (Race 0,1,2). Susceptible to Snails, cucumber beetles, and powdery mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSangria Hybrid Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Light-yellow\/emerald-green striped Green Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSangria Hybrid Watermelon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Refreshing, sugary-sweet with hints of cucumber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sangria F1 Hybrid Watermelon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn order to grow a more successful hybrid watermelon crop, it's recommended to start your seeds indoors. Sow Sangria Hybrid Watermelons seeds 3-4 weeks after your region's final frost ½\" deep in peat pots. Plant 2 seeds per cell in fertile soil and add compost that's kept warm from 70-85°. Germination will take 3-10 days. Transplant carefully once the watermelon seedlings have grown two sets of true leaves. If you live in a warmer climate, sow Sangria Hybrid seeds as a late summer crop, as long as the threat of frost has passed in your region. Plant seeds 1\" deep, 4-5\" apart and with 6\" in between rows. it's advised to either sow Sangria F1 Hybrid Watermelon seeds in raised hills with row covers. Be sure to keep melons off the wet ground as they mature by placing either paper mulch or a board underneath. Water young watermelon plants regularly. Once the melons have grown to their size, don't water as they fully ripen. The non-GMO Sangria Hybrid Watermelon variety will produce abundant high yields and craves full sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways look for the 3 signs of ripeness for watermelons which are: color, texture, and their hollow sound. Harvest Sangria Hybrid Watermelons once the main vine near the stem has dried out, the bottom of the fruit has turned a yellow hue and the exterior rind can be slightly squeezed and isn't so tough. You can also harvest your Sangria Hybrid crop at least 85 days from the sowing date. This popular visual method helps all kinds of watermelon growers and are easy to search for. Uncut watermelons can be stored in a cool location for up to 3 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSangria Hybrid Watermelon seed varieties were developed in 1985 and are known to be a durable and disease-resistant crop for gardeners today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32171101749363,"sku":"49830","price":5.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921740360,"sku":"35092","price":29.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38921740424,"sku":"35093","price":214.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Watermelon-Seeds-Picnic-Sangria-Hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440348"},{"product_id":"watermelon-sweet-beauty-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Mini - Sweet Beauty Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e75-80 days. Citrullus lanatus. Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds are tender annuals with active vines that spread 10 feet long and can grow 3 feet tall! This hybrid variety falls into the mini size category and is considered a watermelon suitable for serving one to two people. Sweet Beauty Hybrid seeds grow to be only 7 lbs and develop a crispy and almost honey-sweet flavor. This late summer variety has non-GMO seeds and matures faster than other watermelons. These hybrid seeds grow into an oblong shape with a forest-green exterior. In general, the sweet ruby-red fruit of watermelon helps boost heart health and hydration. Summer annuals such as Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelons can be ready to serve in 77 days from the sowing date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Citrullus lanatus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Non-GMO Sweet Beauty Hybrid\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spreading-vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, well-drained with soil pH 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm to hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melon aphids and powdery mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forest-green striped exterior with ruby-red fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crispy, honey-sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds in quart pots indoors 3 weeks before your region's final frost. Transplant young plants outdoors 2-3 weeks after sowing or once your soil has reached at least 70° and night temperatures don't drop below 50°. Hybrid watermelons are best suited for loamy soil that is fertile, mildly acidic, and well-drained with a pH level of 6.0-7.0. For direct-sowing, plant Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds ½-1\" deep, 6\" apart and with 6\" spaced in between raised rows. Germination will take 3-10 days. Place in a sunny location and give these fast-maturing watermelons 1-2\" of water each week until you see the fruits begin to grow and reach their final development, then lessen the amount in order to boost the sweetness of these plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelons around 77 days from the sowing date or once the mature fruit fits any of the following criteria: light-yellow at the base or bottom of the watermelon, the main vine and stem has completely dried out and changed from green to brown, or the exterior rind of the melon can be slightly pressed in by your thumb. The rind will be somewhere in the middle of soft to the touch and tough. With a gardening knife, cut the watermelons from their stem. Be sure to keep a close eye near the end of their growing phase, as you want to harvest your watermelon crop before they become overripe and crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon seems to always satisfy our sweet-tooth cravings, but did you know that you can also enjoy this summer hybrid fruit as a more savory dish, too? Try Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon cucumber salad with crumbled feta cheese, balsamic vinegar, and some olive oil to eat as a refreshing meal!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 790 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 3,160 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 12,640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 62,300 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 996,800 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32171117576307,"sku":"49831","price":7.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921741128,"sku":"35107","price":37.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 Seeds","offer_id":38921741192,"sku":"16112","price":174.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/watermelon-sweet-beauty-hybrid-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_ac7dd5c5-200d-4a50-ada7-0df2e1efb79f.jpg?v=1764634167"},{"product_id":"melon-honeydew-orange-flesh-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Honeydew - Orange Flesh","description":"\u003cp\u003e105 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, heat-tolerant Honeydew Melon. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Sometimes marketed as 'Honeyloupe,' this variety produces smooth 5 to 6-pound nearly round fruits. The delicious, sweet orange flesh has a small seed cavity. The taste is between honeydew and Crenshaw. It can be shipped at half to full-slip stage. The non-GMO orange flesh honeydew melon seeds produce smooth, cream-colored melons with light orange interiors and a sweet flavor. ~1,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eHoneydew - Honeydew is a melon with a smooth rind and flesh that has a higher water content than a cantaloupe. The sweet flesh is most commonly green but can also be yellow-orange or very pale with a green or yellow tone. Honeydew lacks the musky odor of Cantaloupe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sprawled, Trailing Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100-120 days or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light orange flesh and white skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange Flesh Honeydew has a very sweet, rich flavor, combining the juiciness of honeydew with the sweetness and texture of cantaloupe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This melon is often eaten fresh on its own, added to fruit salads, blended into smoothies, or paired with savory dishes like prosciutto or cheese. It’s also popular in desserts or as a refreshing snack in hot weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e You can either directly sow the seeds or transplant seedlings after hardening them off. Begin by selecting a sunny location with well-drained, fertile soil. If direct sowing, plant seeds about 0.5 inches deep in the soil after the danger of frost has passed and the soil temperature is at least 70 F. For transplanting, start seeds indoors about 4 weeks before the last frost. Space the seeds or seedlings within rows 24 inches apart, leaving 4-6 feet between rows to accommodate the vine spread. If growing in containers, choose a pot with at least 15-20 gallons and provide a trellis or support for the vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transplanting seedlings into the garden, hardening them off is crucial by gradually exposing them to outdoor conditions. Start by placing the seedlings outside in a sheltered location for a few hours each day, increasing the time over a week. You can train the vines onto a trellis or other support structure if space is limited. Pruning excessive vines can help direct energy to fruit production, though it isn’t always necessary. Remove any damaged or dead leaves to improve airflow around the plant and reduce disease risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatering should be consistent, keeping the soil evenly moist but not waterlogged, especially as the fruit develops. Deep watering once a week (or more during hot weather) is ideal, targeting the roots rather than wetting the leaves to prevent diseases. Mulching around the base of the plants is highly recommended to improve water retention and reduce weeds. Use a balanced fertilizer early on, and switch to a high-potassium fertilizer as the fruit begins to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll know they are ready to harvest when the fruit develops a smooth, waxy skin and changes from a light green to a creamy, pale yellow. The melon should feel slightly soft near the blossom end, and the fruit should easily detach from the vine with gentle pressure. To harvest, carefully cut the melon from the vine using a sharp knife or pruning shears, leaving a short piece of stem attached to the fruit. Handle the melons gently to avoid bruising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The Orange Flesh Honeydew is a hybrid variety that combines the smooth rind and juiciness of honeydew melons with the sweet, flavorful flesh of cantaloupes. It was bred to offer a distinct twist on traditional honeydews, giving them the vibrant orange flesh and sweeter taste often associated with cantaloupes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melons are rich in vitamins and nutrients, particularly vitamin C and vitamin A, which support the immune system and promote healthy skin and vision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Imagine you show up to a family picnic this summer with a honeydew-looking melon. But then you cut into it, and everyone gasps! It’s orange! What? Then they are all amazed when you tell them you grew it yourself in your garden and it’s a special variety you can’t get in the stores. Now you’ve earned your whole family’s respect, and it’s the talk of the event for the rest of the day. At least, that’s how it goes in my head…\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOrange Flesh Honeydew Melon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g  Packet - Approximately 106 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Orange Flesh Honeydew Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Gram Packet","offer_id":31919631204467,"sku":"48631","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921749576,"sku":"32829","price":8.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921749768,"sku":"32828","price":16.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921749960,"sku":"32827","price":43.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977491169395,"sku":"49426","price":158.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977491234931,"sku":"49427","price":624.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-honeydew-orange-flesh-seeds.jpg?v=1762440351"},{"product_id":"melon-cantaloupe-ambrosia-hybrid-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Cantaloupe - Ambrosia Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat-tolerant Cantaloupe Melon. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Downy Mildew and Powdery Mildew. The Ambrosia cantaloupe is a large melon with a deliciously sweet flavor. The cine produces melons that have thick, peach-colored flesh with a surprisingly small seed cavity. The six-inch melons will grow best in full sun with rich, sandy soil. Ambrosia hybrid melons were bred in the U.S. as an improvement upon traditional cantaloupes, developed for better flavor and disease resistance. Ambrosia is specifically recommended by Utah State University and is favored by gardeners in that community.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cantaloupe - Cantaloupe is a muskmelon with a scaly or 'netted' outer rind, and sweet flesh that is most commonly orange, but can also be yellow or green. The flavor can only be described as 'cantaloupe', while the odor is slightly musky. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sprawling Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80-95 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eResistant to Downy Mildew and Powdery Mildew.  Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown husk and orange flesh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, juicy, and aromatic. The taste is rich with honey-like sweetness and a slightly floral undertone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, salads (fruit or green), smoothies, slicing, smoothies, desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia hybrid cantaloupe seeds should be sown 0.5 to 1 inch deep into the soil. If you’re planting outdoors (direct sowing), wait until the soil temperature reaches at least 70 F. This ensures proper germination, as cantaloupes thrive in warm conditions. For regions with short growing seasons, you can start the seeds indoors about 2-4 weeks before the last expected frost and transplant them once the soil warms up. Before planting, amend the soil with well-rotted compost or organic matter. Once planted, space the seeds or transplants 24 inches apart and space rows 5-6 feet apart. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatering is crucial, especially during flowering and fruit set. Keep the soil consistently moist, but avoid waterlogging, which can cause root rot. As the fruit nears maturity, reduce watering slightly to prevent the melons from becoming waterlogged or losing their sweetness. During the growing season, apply a balanced fertilizer (like 10-10-10) once plants begin vining and again when fruits develop. Avoid high-nitrogen fertilizers. You can pinch off the growing tips of the vines after a few fruits have set to concentrate energy. This variety is not typically recommended for trellising because of the large fruit size, but it is possible with the right preparations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia melons are ready for harvest when the fruit reaches full size, the skin beneath the netting turns slightly yellowish, and the stem begins to naturally detach from the melon with a slight tug. You should be able to smell the melon’s sweet fragrance at the blossom end. Gently tug on the fruit. If it’s ripe, it will detach easily from the vine. If you encounter resistance, leave it to ripen a bit longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e This variety was created for growers looking for a consistently high-quality, sweet melon that could be easily cultivated in home gardens or small farms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia is often described as one of the most flavorful cantaloupe varieties, with its rich, honey-like sweetness and distinctive aroma. The texture is smooth and buttery, which sets it apart from other melons that may be more fibrous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia is one of the top picks of all the cantaloupes for prosciutto-wrapped melon, a common appetizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cantaloupe is considered a high-yielder because it produces multiple large melons per vine! Perfect for a market grower, a large family, or those hoping to share their produce with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"You can create a variation of the three sister farming methods with cantaloupe! Plant a melon, corn, and bean variety together for a symbiotic relationship. Traditionally, squash is planted, but squash and melon are in the same family and offer similar things to the relationship.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"25 Seeds","offer_id":32137523363955,"sku":"49768","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921752136,"sku":"32604","price":21.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38921752200,"sku":"32605","price":146.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-cantaloupe-ambrosia-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441134"},{"product_id":"carrot-white-seeds","title":"Carrot Seeds - Lunar White","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-80 days. The Lunar White carrot is a unique pale white variety. Each root grows to be up to six inches long, and has a classic tapered end. The roots are very sweet and tender, and an excellent choice for home growers hoping to add something unique to the garden. This variety can be grown in zones three to twelve, and requires full sun. Roots grow long and straight, so they do best in sandy soil free of rocks or obstacles. The Lunar White carrot is ready to harvest in sixty days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Lunar White Carrot Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e daucus carota subsp. Sativus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, well drained, sandy soil, pH of 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to weevils and carrot rust fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite carrots grow in a classic way, requiring a sandy type soil that doesn't have any obstacles in it such as rocks or lumps. This way, the roots can grow directly down with ease, and they won't become crooked. The soil should also have a pH level between six and seven. When sowing the seeds, keep four inches between the plants and nine to sixteen inches between rows. You can sow them all at once, or sow a few rows every couple of weeks for a more continual harvest. After seventy days since sowing, the Lunar White carrots will be full sized and ready to be harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese carrots are unique with their glowy white hue, excellent to sell at farmers markets. Read this \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.whfoods.com\/genpage.php?tname=foodspice\u0026amp;dbid=21\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e article\u003c\/a\u003e on the health benefits of Carrots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g Packet - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 288,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 1,440,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 7,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31791850487923,"sku":"48473","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":38921758472,"sku":"41371","price":7.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":38921758536,"sku":"41372","price":12.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":38921758600,"sku":"11604","price":32.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":39345222680691,"sku":"50809","price":114.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39345224843379,"sku":"50810","price":450.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/carrot-white-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441136"},{"product_id":"bean-edamame-besweet-2001-seed","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - BeSweet Edamame Soybean","description":"\u003cp\u003e75-105 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eGlycine max\u003c\/em\u003e. BeSweet Edamame Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, bush, shell, soybean, high-yielding, Asian bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Edamame, also known as young soybeans, are delicious legumes often consumed in Asian cultures for their sweet taste and high-protein benefits. The plants grow in a tall, bushy manner with many leaves of a dark green color, which can look great as part of your garden. BeSweet Edamame will produce 2-inch pods with 3 beans per pod. ~69 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eGlycine max\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-105\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eShell - Shell beans have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk. Shell beans are also sometimes referred to as shelling beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soybean - Soybeans (aka soya bean, soybean, soja bean) are shell beans originating in Asia. They are high in protein and are ultra-versatile, used in fermentation, soymilk, tofu, edamame, and countless other culinary uses. Asian - Asian beans encompass a wide spectrum of bean varieties either originating from Asia or being especially popular in Asian cultures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 86 days or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeSweet Edamame Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeSweet Edamame Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003eRich, nutty, and sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003eSweet or savory dishes, Japanese cuisine, edamame, tofu, tempeh, soy milk, sprouting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003eN\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing BeSweet Edamame Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo weeks after the season's last frost, sow the seeds one inch deep in a light, well-draining soil of at least sixty degrees. You'll want to give about twelve inches of space between the plants. This plant loves the sun; place it in a sunny location with well-drained soil. If your soil is poor, you can apply a balanced fertilizer (such as a 10-10-10) at the time of planting. Avoid over-fertilizing. Sow seeds every two weeks for consistent harvesting. Keep soil only moist but not soaked during the germination period. After 10 days, the plants should poke through the soil. While growing, the plant should have two and a half inches of water a week. The plants can grow up to three feet tall, so they may benefit from a source of support, such as a pole or trellis. Although edamame beans are practically immune to many small pests, animals such as rabbits and deer like nibbling on them; protect the plants with something like a bird net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeSweet Edamame plants are relatively low-maintenance but benefit from attention throughout the growing season. One of the first things to ensure is that the soil remains consistently moist but not waterlogged. Water deeply once or twice a week, depending on rainfall, ensuring the water reaches the root zone. Mulching around the plants can help retain moisture and suppress weeds, which can compete for nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting BeSweet Edamame Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can pick the pods when they are plump and still green in color; waiting until they turn yellow will give them a flavor similar to lima beans. All pods on the plants are usually harvested at the same time. If you desire to harvest seeds dry, wait about another month; the leaves should be gone. Pull out the entire plant and hang it to dry until the pods fall off when the plant is shaken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you plan to use the soybeans dried, allow the pods to remain on the plant until they turn brown and dry out, usually an additional month after the edamame stage. The beans inside should be firm and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout BeSweet Edamame Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat makes BeSweet Edamame particularly interesting is its combination of flavor and nutrition. It was bred to be sweeter than traditional soybean varieties, which enhances its appeal as a fresh vegetable snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGardeners might choose to grow BeSweet Edamame for its sweet flavor, nutritional benefits, and relatively easy cultivation. Its adaptability to different climates and soil types makes it an excellent choice for various regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans are typically shelled after cooking and enjoyed on their own or with a sprinkle of salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I almost always have a bag of salted, dry-roasted edamame on hand. It is the perfect salty, crunchy snack with a satisfying amount of protein that actually satiates me.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBeSweet Edamame Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g Pkg - Approximately 48 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 275 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 5,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 27,500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO BeSweet Edamame Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":38921762056,"sku":"18874","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921761800,"sku":"36474","price":10.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921761864,"sku":"30515","price":29.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921761928,"sku":"30516","price":111.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38921761992,"sku":"30518","price":544.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Seeds-Edamame-BeSweet-comp.jpg?v=1762440357"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274-treated","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Blue Lake 274 (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Treated Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Blue Lake 274 is the classic bean that comes to mind when you think of a green bean. It has been known in the canning industry for years because of its reliability, huge yields, disease resistance, and ability to bear all at once, making canning a much easier task. Blue Lake produces plump, tender, dark green pods that are about 5.5 inches long. The bush itself only grows about 16 inches, saving space in your garden but producing big, juicy yields. This is THE green bean for canning or freezing. Bush Blue Lake bean resists BCMV; tolerates NY15. ~87 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, sweet, and crisp pods with a mild, classic green bean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, or adding to stir-fries and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a sunny location with well-drained soil. Direct sowing is preferred, as bush beans don’t transplant well. A balanced fertilizer (5-10-10) can be applied before planting to boost phosphorus and potassium levels, which promote healthy root and pod development. To plant, sow seeds about 1 inch deep in the soil. Space seeds 4-6 inches apart, and keep rows spaced 18-24 inches apart to ensure proper air circulation and room for growth. The soil should be warm—ideally above 65 F—for optimal germination, typically in 7-10 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans require about 1 inch of water per week, either from rainfall or supplemental watering. It’s best to water at the base of the plants to avoid wetting the leaves, which can lead to disease issues like fungal infections. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake 247 is a snap bean variety, meaning the pods are harvested while tender and immature before the seeds fully develop. Typically, the beans are ready to harvest 55-60 days after sowing. The best time to harvest is when the pods are about 6 inches long, firm, and crisp, but before they become fibrous. You can tell they’re ready when they are full-sized but still smooth, without visible bumps from the developing seeds inside. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more beans. The beans tend to mature quickly, especially in warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of its uniform pod size and consistent tenderness, it became one of the preferred varieties for commercial growers in the mid-20th century, especially for processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Lake bean family originated in the Blue Lake District of California in the early 20th century. Originally developed as a pole bean, the bush variety (Blue Lake 247) was later developed to meet the demand for a bean that didn’t require staking but still had the original's high quality and great taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreated seeds are coated with substances designed to protect the seed from seed rot and fungal diseases. The treatment helps ensure that seeds have a better chance of germination, especially in cool or damp soil conditions where they are more susceptible to rot or disease. This type of seed can be especially advantageous in areas where there’s a history of soil-borne diseases or high moisture that might encourage fungal growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If your bush bean seeds have failed to make it much past the germination or early seedling stage in the past, I encourage you to give treated seeds a try. They are designed specifically to help people like you!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTreated Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 g - Packet- Approximately 55 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Treated Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921762568,"sku":"30528","price":10.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440357"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Blue Lake 274","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake 247 Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Blue Lake 274 is the classic bean that comes to mind when you think of a green bean. It has been known in the canning industry for years because of its reliability, huge yields, disease resistance, and ability to bear all at once, making canning a much easier task. Blue Lake produces plump, tender, dark green pods that are about 5.5 inches long. The bush itself only grows about 16 inches, saving space in your garden but producing big, juicy yields. This is THE green bean for canning or freezing. Bush Blue Lake bean resists BCMV; tolerates NY15. ~87 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, sweet, and crisp pods with a mild, classic green bean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, or adding to stir-fries and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a sunny location with well-drained soil. Direct sowing is preferred, as bush beans don’t transplant well. A balanced fertilizer (5-10-10) can be applied before planting to boost phosphorus and potassium levels, which promote healthy root and pod development. To plant, sow seeds about 1 inch deep in the soil. Space seeds 4-6 inches apart, and keep rows spaced 18-24 inches apart to ensure proper air circulation and room for growth. The soil should be warm—ideally above 65 F—for optimal germination, typically in 7-10 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly, aiming to keep the soil evenly moist but not waterlogged. Beans require about 1 inch of water per week, either from rainfall or supplemental watering. It’s best to water at the base of the plants to avoid wetting the leaves, which can lead to disease issues like fungal infections. Throughout the growing process, keep the area around the beans free of weeds, as they can compete for nutrients and water. Mulching around the base of the plants can help suppress weeds and retain soil moisture. Companion plants like carrots, cucumbers, or marigolds can benefit beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake 247 is a snap bean variety, meaning the pods are harvested while tender and immature before the seeds fully develop. Typically, the beans are ready to harvest 55-60 days after sowing. The best time to harvest is when the pods are about 6 inches long, firm, and crisp, but before they become fibrous. You can tell they’re ready when they are full-sized but still smooth, without visible bumps from the developing seeds inside. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more beans. To harvest, grasp the bean pod firmly and gently pull or snip it off the plant to avoid damaging the stem. The beans tend to mature quickly, especially in warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of its uniform pod size and consistent tenderness, it became one of the preferred varieties for commercial growers in the mid-20th century, especially for processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Lake bean family originated in the Blue Lake District of California in the early 20th century. Originally developed as a pole bean, the bush variety (Blue Lake 247) was later developed to meet the demand for a bean that didn’t require staking but still had the original's high quality and great taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it’s a bush bean, it doesn’t require a trellis or much support, making it great for beginner gardeners or those with limited garden space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"According to Health Line, cooked green beans have more fiber than fresh green beans. I don’t know the science behind it, but I like it.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 g - Packet- Approximately 55 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"18 g Package","offer_id":38922254792,"sku":"18566","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 g","offer_id":38922254920,"sku":"18865","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38922254856,"sku":"18548","price":4.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921764168,"sku":"30532","price":10.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38922254600,"sku":"30533","price":31.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38922254664,"sku":"30535","price":114.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Bush-Blue-Lake-Bush_37e5ae80-ab49-4ef8-a1dc-7d58b7cce33a.jpg?v=1762440359"},{"product_id":"bean-pole-blue-lake-pole-fm1k-treated","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Blue Lake FM1K (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake Pole FM1K treated Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, drought-tolerant, pole, snap string bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Blue Lake FM1K is known for its high yield and for producing tender, flavorful green pods that are perfect for fresh eating, canning, or freezing. The oval pods produced are crisp and tender, growing up to 6\" long. ~110 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pole - Pole beans are vining-type plants that put out runners that grow very long or tall. Pole beans are so-called because they require a trellis, support, or wait for it… a pole. Pole beans require more effort than bush beans, but may also be grown in containers with the right support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e fresh, preserving, canning, freezing, casseroles, stir-fries, salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake Pole FM1K Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePole bean can be started indoors but performs best if sown directly after the final spring frost. Pole beans typically do best with germination temperatures around 60 F but these treated seeds can handle slightly cooler and wetter soils. They are perfect for starting the garden a bit earlier in the season than normal! Sow 2-3 seeds one inch deep and 2-3 inches apart in moist, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. Thin out strongest starts to every 4-6 inches in the garden as true leaves establish. Pole beans require immediate trellis support as seedlings will be looking to vine as soon as true leaves emerge. Plants thrive from a top layer of mulch to help cool soil and roots. Avoid nitrogen-rich fertilizers, which will cause excessive vegetative growth with minimal bean pod production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eString pole beans don’t typically require fertilization beyond rich soil. If you have poor soils, use a low-nitrogen blend and apply as directed by the manufacturer’s instructions. Keep the soil evenly moist, especially during flowering and pod development. Blue Lake beans prefer consistent moisture, but overwatering should be avoided to prevent root rot. Regularly inspect the plants for pests and diseases, and maintain proper airflow around the base by keeping weeds at bay. Mulching around the plants can help conserve moisture and prevent weeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake Pole FM1K Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake Pole beans are harvested when the pods are about 6-7 inches long and before the seeds inside have fully developed. These are snap beans, meaning they are eaten whole, not shelled. You can tell they are ready by gently bending the pod; it should snap easily. Harvesting regularly encourages the plant to produce more beans. To harvest, simply grasp the pod and gently pull it from the vine. You can use scissors if needed to avoid damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake Pole beans originated in the U.S. in the early 20th century, specifically bred for the canning industry. The name \"Blue Lake\" comes from the area in Oregon where it was developed. The FM1K variety is a selection that continues to uphold its reputation for consistent, high-quality yields, uniform pods, and excellent flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake beans are world famous for reliability, disease resistance, flavor, and high yields. This is the pole version of the famous bush type that is widely planted for the canning industry. If you like Kentucky Wonder, Blue Lake will blow you away! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreated seeds have a protective coating that helps them resist soil-borne diseases like damping-off, which can rot seedlings before they emerge. This protection is especially helpful in regions with cooler, wetter springs where fungal diseases are more common.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Remember to wear gloves when handling treated seeds. The chemicals they are coated with are incredibly helpful but should be handled with care. If you are an organic gardener, pass on the treated seeds and only use untreated and organic versions!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,712 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 8,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 42,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Blue Lake Pole FM1K Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921770888,"sku":"30539","price":42.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-pole-blue-lake-pole-fm1k-treated-Comp.jpg?v=1759441136"},{"product_id":"bean-pole-blue-lake-pole-fm1k-seeds","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Blue Lake FM1K","description":"\u003cp\u003e65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris \u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, drought-tolerant, pole, snap bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Blue Lake FM1K is known for its high yield and for producing tender, flavorful green pods that are perfect for fresh eating, canning, or freezing. The plants are vigorous climbers and grow well on trellises, maximizing vertical space in the garden. If you love Kentucky Wonder Bush Beans and want an equally high-yielding pole version, Blue Lake is the way to go! The oval pods produced are crisp and tender, growing up to 6\" long. They grow quickly and are easy to grow, making them an excellent addition to the home garden.  ~110 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pole - Pole beans are vining-type plants that put out runners that grow very long or tall. Pole beans are so-called because they require a trellis, support, or wait for it… a pole. Pole beans require more effort than bush beans, but may also be grown in containers with the right support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e fresh, preserving, canning, freezing, casseroles, stir-fries, salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake Pole FM1K Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePole bean can be started indoors but performs best if sown directly after the final spring frost. Sow 2-3 seeds one inch deep and 2-3 inches apart in moist, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. Whether direct sowing or transplanting, thin out strongest starts to every 4-6 inches in the garden as true leaves establish. Pole beans require immediate trellis support as seedlings will be looking to vine as soon as true leaves emerge. Plants thrive from a top layer of mulch to help cool soil and roots. Avoid nitrogen-rich fertilizers, which will cause excessive vegetative growth with minimal bean pod production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eString pole beans don’t typically require fertilization beyond rich soil. If you have poor soils, use a low-nitrogen blend and apply as directed by the manufacturer’s instructions. Keep the soil evenly moist, especially during flowering and pod development. Blue Lake beans prefer consistent moisture, but overwatering should be avoided to prevent root rot. Regularly inspect the plants for pests and diseases, and maintain proper airflow around the base by keeping weeds at bay. Mulching around the plants can help conserve moisture and prevent weeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake Pole FM1K Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake Pole beans are harvested when the pods are about 6-7 inches long and before the seeds inside have fully developed. These are snap beans, meaning they are eaten whole, not shelled. The best time to harvest is when the pods are young and tender, typically about 60-70 days after planting. You can tell they are ready by gently bending the pod; it should snap easily. Harvesting regularly encourages the plant to produce more beans. To harvest, simply grasp the pod and gently pull it from the vine. You can use scissors if needed to avoid damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake Pole beans originated in the U.S. in the early 20th century, specifically bred for the canning industry. The name \"Blue Lake\" comes from the area in Oregon where it was developed. The FM1K variety is a selection that continues to uphold its reputation for consistent, high-quality yields, uniform pods, and excellent flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake beans are world famous for reliability, disease resistance, flavor, and high yields. This is basically the pole version of the famous bush type that is widely planted for the canning industry. If you like Kentucky Wonder, Blue Lake will blow you away! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If you have a tall enough trellis for these beans to grow up, it is nice because you don’t have to bend down so much to harvest them.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Lake Pole FM1K Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 g - Wholesale - Approximately 68 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 428 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,712 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 8,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 42,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Blue Lake Pole FM1K Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"18g Packet","offer_id":38922244424,"sku":"18567","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30g Packet","offer_id":38922244552,"sku":"18870","price":3.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38922244488,"sku":"18550","price":5.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38922244104,"sku":"30542","price":14.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38922244168,"sku":"30543","price":44.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38922244296,"sku":"30546","price":168.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Pole-Blue-Lake-Pole-FM1K_a34d16e5-359b-4e39-8979-fdd13c752f1a.jpg?v=1762440362"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-black-valentine","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Black Valentine","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Black Valentine Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap or shell bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. The Black Valentine bean was originally bred for its dual-purpose use as a snap and dry bean. As a snap bean, it’s tender, stringless, and flavorful when harvested early. If allowed to mature fully, it produces small, black dry beans that are delicious in soups, stews, and as dry storage beans. The dried black beans turn purplish after cooking. They have a meaty texture and rich, nutty flavor. The beans have a rich flavor and can be harvested as snaps or dried. ~80 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half. Shell - Shell beans have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk. Shell beans are also sometimes referred to as shelling beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Valentine Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Valentine Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and nutty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003eFresh, steamed, boiled, sauteed, frozen, salads, dried, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Black Valentine Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen planting Black Valentine Bush Beans, it's best to directly sow the seeds outdoors after the last frost, as they prefer warmer soil temperatures (at least 60 F). Black Valentine beans don't transplant well, so direct sowing ensures strong, healthy plants. Plant the seeds 1 inch deep, ensuring the soil is well-draining and loose to allow the roots to spread easily. Space the seeds 4-6 inches apart within rows, and keep the rows 18-24 inches apart to allow air circulation and easy access during maintenance and harvesting. Bush beans are compact, so they don’t need trellising or other support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the seeds are in the ground, they require consistent moisture to germinate. Water the soil evenly, but avoid overwatering, as beans don’t like soggy conditions. Once established, water regularly, about 1 inch of water per week, especially during dry periods. The goal is to keep the soil moist but not saturated. A layer of mulch around the base of the plants can help retain moisture and suppress weeds. Fertilizer is only needed in very poor soils. Take care not to over-fertilize with nitrogen. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Black Valentine Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Black Valentine Bush Bean is a versatile heirloom snap bean, ready for harvest in about two months after planting when the pods are 4-6 inches long, tender, and firm, without bulging seeds. Regular picking encourages more production, and the beans can also be left to mature for use as dry beans (about 80 days). To harvest snap beans, simply snap the pods off by hand; for dry beans, allow them to dry on the plant, pull them up, hang them to dry, and shell the beans for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Black Valentine Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp to produce beans all season sow a new crop every days up before the first fall frost. harvest maturity when are succulent. keep picked or plants will stop producing. does not need staking. mature black valentine deep green long stringless. very young they make flavorful fresh snap bean if allowed dry jet-black excellent soup flavor is rich nutty.\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e The beans are also rich in antioxidants due to their dark color, providing potential health benefits such as improved heart health and better blood sugar regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen beans are low in calories but packed with nutrients. They’re an excellent source of vitamin C, vitamin K, fiber, and folate and provide a good amount of iron and manganese. Regular consumption of green beans can support digestive health, boost the immune system, and contribute to healthy skin and bones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If you plan on trying to get young green beans and mature dried beans, I recommend selecting different plants for different purposes. For example, choose some plants for fresh green beans that you will continually harvest as they become ready and then reserve other plants to mature into the dried bean stage.p\u0026gt;\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlack Valentine Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 85 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 320 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,280 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Black Valentine Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31778711961715,"sku":"48432","price":2.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343921561715,"sku":"50746","price":5.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925033288,"sku":"30550","price":11.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925033352,"sku":"30551","price":26.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925033416,"sku":"30553","price":95.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-black-valentine-Comp.jpg?v=1758769155"},{"product_id":"bean-fava-broad-windsor","title":"Bean - Broad Windsor Fava - Cover Crop Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days. \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Cover Crop. Heirloom. Non-GMO Broad Windsor fava bean seeds grow one of the most beneficial heirloom cover crops available to the home gardener. Popularly sown in the fall as a cool-hardy cover crop, Broad Windsor fava bean is an heirloom legume grown to restore nitrogen to poor and depleted soils. Windsor Broad fava bean is an open-pollinated annual grown just as commonly for its restorative properties as it is a fruiting crop harvested for its world-famous creamy and nutty fava beans. ~15 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead more about Cover Crops:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/cover-crop\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet Your Free Cover Crop Growing Guide!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Broad Windsor Fava Bean Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broad Bean, Faba Bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFava Bean Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-11 (Grown as an annual)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Windsor Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broadcast directly and tamp 1\" into soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Windsor Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heirloom fava bean seeds grow into a 24-60\" tall garden climber with a 6-10\" spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquadulce Soil Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replenishes nitrogen into the soil, roots loosen soil to improve tilth, drainage, and weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow Temp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-75°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Light Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - Partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases\/Troubleshooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Although heirloom \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e does not have too many pests or insects, it is known to be susceptible to leaf spotting diseases such as mosaic viral disease, bacterial blight, and slight anthracnose. Allow soil to dry between waterings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFava Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broad Windsor fava bean grows uniform lemon-lime green foliage, stems, pods, and beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Windsor Mow:\u003c\/strong\u003e When growing as a cover crop, mow down fava bean and till back into soil a month before sowing a new spring crop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Broad Windsor Fava Bean Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom Broad Windsor fava bean cover crop is a cool weather garden crop best broadcasted directly in early spring or fall. For more traditional sowing, plant 1-2 Broad Windsor fava bean seeds 1\" deep and 4-6\" apart in Organically rich, well-drained garden soil in full sun to partial shade. Open-pollinated fava beans are often presoaked overnight to accelerate germination prior to garden sowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Broad Windsor fava bean germinates in 7-14 days, thinning back to one plant 8-10\" apart in the garden as second set of true leaves establish. Legume seeds are often inoculated with Rhizobium bacteria at time of garden sowing. Although heirloom \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e does not have too many pests or insects, it is known to be susceptible to leaf spotting diseases such as mosaic viral disease, bacterial blight, and slight anthracnose. Allow soil to dry between waterings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Broad Windsor Fava Bean Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroad Windsor was listed in 1863. This fava's glossy green pods contain 5-7 oblong, flat, beans. Fava's can fix up to an incredible 200 pounds of nitrogen per acre. \"Sixty pounds of nitrogen per acre is enough to feed a succeeding crop of beets, carrots, etc. One-hundred pounds will feed corn, lettuce, or squash. Fava's two-hundred pounds of nitrogen per acre is sufficient to grow the heaviest feeders--the Brassica's.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMadalyn A. Klenske says \u003cem\u003e\"Vicia faba is a member of the vetch family, a group of leguminous plants, by and large, climbing herbs, cultivated for forage and soil improvement. Generally, the fava is an erect, large-leaved, single-stalked plant, two to seven feet tall, which assumes a full, bushy appearance at maturity. In the home garden, the tall, upright plants are often sown densely, as the plants physically support each other in this pattern, obviating the need for staking. Clusters of fragrant purple or white flowers on short stalks develop at the axil of the plant, which is the angle between the upper side of a leaf or stem and the supporting stem or branch. The seedpods that ripen from the fertilized flowers are numerous: there can be 15-60 pods found on each plant, each pod containing 3-12 beans, depending on variety.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll parts of the fava plant are edible. The seeds are high in protein, vitamins, and minerals, and have been a cornerstone of human nutrition for thousands of years. The beans may be eaten fresh and green, or dried for future use. Properly dried beans will keep for three years. Many people enjoy the leaves of the fava plant, preparing them similarly to spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1929 Steele Briggs Seed house says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnglish or broad bean. Very hardy; plant as soon as the soil is in good shape in the spring. Plant 4 inches apart and 2 inches deep in rows 4 feet apart. To ensure well filled pods, pinch off the top as soon as the pods begin to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBroad Windsor Fava Bean Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e is a popular cover crop traditionally sown in the fall to replenish nitrogen content in garden soil. Whether grown between seasons or alongside a crop as a nitrogen-boosting companion plant, heirloom fava bean seeds can be sown nearly any time of the year. To eat fava beans, shell the entire pod and cook the beans. Fresh fava beans can be stored with oil in the freezer, and keep dried bean safely in a cool dark spot. Fall planted fava beans will mature quickly to supplement depleted nitrogen, but will not fruit until 8-9 months after garden sowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Non-GMO Broad Windsor Fava Bean Cover Crop Garden Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 15 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 60 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 240 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom Broad Windsor fava bean cover crop garden seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31779041771635,"sku":"48442","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39344074752115,"sku":"50758","price":5.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925034888,"sku":"30558","price":9.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925034952,"sku":"30559","price":25.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925035016,"sku":"30561","price":84.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/fava-bean-broad-windsor-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_b504819e-a375-4d74-8a45-7a46dd0141c9.jpg?v=1764634131"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-california-black-eye-cowpeas","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - California Black-Eye Cowpeas","description":"\u003cp\u003e75 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eVigna unguiculata\u003c\/em\u003e. California Black-Eyed Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, bush, shelling bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Cowpeas, or black-eyed peas, were first domesticated in Africa, where 66% of the world's production still occurs. These garden vegetables are very tolerant of dry, sandy soil and hot temperatures. In addition to needing little water, cowpea plants can fix nitrogen in the soil, making them a very self-sufficient garden vegetable. The beans have a sweet flavor and creamy texture that are well-liked in many parts of the world. ~130 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eVigna unguiculata\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having various pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by increasing the likelihood of pollination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eShell - Shell beans have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk. Shell beans are also sometimes called shelling beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 66-86 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keep your bean plants clean of dust buildup and surrounded by various plants to help deter pests. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia Black-Eyed Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003eGreen, White, Black \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia Black-Eyed Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Earthy and nutty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soups, stews, and chili. Commonly used in a traditional South Carolinian dish called Hoppin’ John.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Organic California Black-Eyed Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlant California Black-Eyed Beans 1 to 1.5 inches deep and direct sow after the last frost when soil is at least 65 F. Space seeds 3 to 4 inches apart in rows 24 to 36 inches apart for airflow, easier care, and harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAs legumes, black-eyed beans fix nitrogen, but compost or a balanced fertilizer at planting helps early growth. Avoid high-nitrogen fertilizers, which can reduce pod production.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eWater deeply during flowering and pod set, keeping soil moist but not soggy. Mulch to hold moisture and limit weeds. Weed gently around shallow roots, monitor for aphids and bean beetles, and rotate crops to reduce disease. Light support can help semi-vining plants, and good companions include corn, cucumbers, and radishes.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting California Black-Eyed Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor dry beans, harvest when pods yellow and dry, about 75 days after planting, then shell fully dry, hard beans. For snap use, pick pods while green and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003ch3\u003eAbout California Black-Eyed Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlack-eyed peas originated in Africa and became a staple in Southern U.S. cuisine with strong cultural significance. They are valued for heat and drought resilience and for improving soil through nitrogen fixation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eA New Year's tradition in the Southern United States features them in Hoppin' John. The beans are high in protein and fiber, low in fat, and provide key nutrients including iron, potassium, and folate.\n\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Beans are a fantastic multi-use crop. They provide fresh food for eating, dry food for storing, and they benefit the soil.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCalifornia Black-Eyed Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g Packet - Wholesale - Approximately 135 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 520 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 2,080 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 10,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 52,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO California Black-Eyed Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31778726609011,"sku":"48433","price":3.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343925690483,"sku":"50747","price":6.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925035528,"sku":"30569","price":12.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925035592,"sku":"30570","price":35.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925035656,"sku":"30572","price":121.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-california-black-eye-cowpeas-Comp.jpg?v=1762440364"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-contender","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Contender","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Contender Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high yielding, heat tolerant, bush, snap, stringless bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Also known as “Buff Valentine,” they mature faster than most others and can be harvested as early as fifty days after planting seeds, making them excellent for environments with a late final frost date. They are a bush variety seed, so they don't need support to grow upright. Plants produce harvests each year in the summer. Contender Bush Bean seeds start producing a week ahead of most bean varieties. Each plant produces 6-8\" garden green bean seed pods. They tolerate mosaic virus, greasy pod, and heat. ~57 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e resistant to greasy pod (halo blight), mildew, rust, and Mosaic Virus. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContender Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContender Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild yet classic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003eFresh, canning, freezing, stir fry, salad, casserole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Contender Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by selecting a sunny location, as beans love full sun and need around 6-8 hours of sunlight each day. The soil should be at least 60 F, well-draining, and have a slightly acidic to neutral pH (6.0 to 7.0). Beans prefer loose, fertile soil, so it’s a good idea to amend the soil with compost or well-rotted manure before planting. Direct sow the seeds outside once the soil is warm enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly, aiming for about 1 inch per week. It is best to water early in the morning or with a drip hose to avoid water on the leaves too often. Beans are light feeders, meaning they don’t require fertilizer unless soils are particularly poor. During the growing season, you can give them a light side-dressing of compost or a low-nitrogen fertilizer if the plants look pale or malnourished, but too much nitrogen can result in lush leaves with fewer beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Contender Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContender is primarily a snap bean, meaning it’s grown for its tender pods, which are harvested while young and immature before the seeds swell too much. You can expect to start harvesting around 50-55 days after planting. The beans are ready to harvest when the pods are 4-6 inches long, firm, and smooth. At this stage, they will still be stringless and tender. To harvest, simply pinch or snip the pods off the plant, avoiding pulling or tugging at it, as this could damage or uproot it. You should harvest beans every couple of days to encourage more production. They will develop a string and become tough if left to mature too far.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Contender Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBred specifically for early maturity and disease resistance, Contender was created to be a versatile, adaptable bean that could handle various growing conditions. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContender Bush Beans are mainly grown for fresh eating as snap beans, but they can also be canned or frozen for later use. When harvested at the right time, they have a mild, slightly sweet flavor and a tender, juicy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContender is one of our top-selling beans year after year. Contender beans are perfect for short, cool seasons where other beans may not perform well. This bean is mildew tolerant and still does well in hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans need light, but even watering. Because the leaves can become diseased if wet, water as close to the root as possible. If you do find that a leaf has become diseased, remove it from the plant immediately, as the disease can spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Contender beans are perfect for steaming, sautéing, or blanching, and they can be added to various dishes from salads to stir-fries. They’re a great choice for preserving through canning or freezing, as they retain their flavor and texture well.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eContender Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 60 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 228 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 912 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 4,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 22,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Contender Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31778920202355,"sku":"48434","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343937486963,"sku":"50748","price":5.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925042184,"sku":"30581","price":11.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925042248,"sku":"30582","price":31.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925042312,"sku":"30584","price":107.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Seeds-Bush-Contender-Comp.jpg?v=1762440365"},{"product_id":"beet-cylindra","title":"Beet Seeds - Cylindra","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. The Cylindra beet is a variety of beet that originated in Denmark. Their long, cylindrical shape makes them ideal for anyone who wants a larger yield of beets in a smaller space. These beets are hardy and can be grown in a number of zones and climates, and can thrive in either full sun or partial shade. Their flavor has been described as bold and earthy, and they can be harvested fifty fives days after planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Cylindra Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beetroot, blood turnip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 days(6 to 7 inches long)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moist soil, 6.5 to 7 ph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible Leaf miners, flea beetles, and leaf hoppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender texture, doesn't get as \"wooden\" as other varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with a light, moist soil, ideally with a PH level of 6.5 to 7. Sow the seeds half an inch deep. Because the beets will grow in a cylindrical shape, you will only need to put one inch between the seeds. Leave twelve to eighteen inches between rows. These seeds will need plenty of moisture while germinating, so keep the soil moist for the first twenty one days. These beets can thrive in conditions with full sun or partial shade. After fifty five days, the beets should be ready for harvesting. Around this time, they will be between six to seven inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylindra Beets grow well in almost any type of soil, tolerating even chilly soil. Cylindra has been known to germinate in soil as cool as 45 degrees Fahrenheit. Preferred by chefs because of its exceptionally sweet flavor and its long cylinder shape making it easier to slice, giving it the nickname \"Butter Slicer.\" This beet plant is diverse in its cooking applications. It has been known to be roasted, baked, steamed, pickled, and added to salads. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38925043592,"sku":"18568","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925043400,"sku":"30592","price":5.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925043464,"sku":"30590","price":14.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925043528,"sku":"30591","price":43.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39344132784243,"sku":"50771","price":163.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-cylindra-Comp.jpg?v=1762440365"},{"product_id":"beet-early-wonder-tall-top-vegetable-seed","title":"Beet Seeds - Early Wonder Tall Top","description":"\u003cp\u003e35-60 days. The Early Wonder Tall Top is an easy to grow beet that can be harvested as early as thirty five days after planting, and thrives in colder weather. The Early Wonder Tall Top has a sweet taste, but don't let that fool you. Research suggests that beets can help prevent cardiovascular disease, and are full of nutrients. Tall, vigorous, dark green stalks striped in maroon veins adorn glossy leaf greens tinged with maroon, excellent for salads. This garden vegetable produces deep red round beetroots that have several diverse culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Early Wonder Tall Top Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 to 75 degrees, ph level of 6 to 7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible aphids, beet mosaic, damping off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich nutty flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, you'll want to plant the seeds three to four weeks before the average last frost. To encourage germination, you can soak the seeds for twenty four hours before planting. After planting, water the seeds every two weeks. After thirty five days, the beets will be mature enough to harvest. This strain of beet is used as a first early variety of beet for mid-summer sowing and storage. Benefits from full sun to partial shade lighting. At 35 days, the \"baby greens\" can be harvested. At 45 days, the full leaf greens can be harvested, and at 55 days the roots are ready for harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat beet tops before any sign of wilting for maximum flavor. In most cases, the smaller the beet, the sweeter the beet, and the larger the beet, the more 'earthy' the beet will taste. Vinegar pairs well with beets, making pickled beets a great addition to many meals. Walnut oil pairs very well with warm beets. To minimize the beet color from excessive bleeding leave the stem plug in place and skin on while cooking. Many health enthuseists juice beets for health benefits. Approx. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38925046984,"sku":"18570","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925046792,"sku":"30615","price":6.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925046856,"sku":"30613","price":14.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925046920,"sku":"30614","price":47.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39344746987635,"sku":"50772","price":178.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-early-wonder-tall-top-vegetable-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440367"}],"url":"https:\/\/store.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/seeds-to-plant-in-june-zones-1-7a\/30-39-days.oembed","provider":"True Leaf Market","version":"1.0","type":"link"}